WO2022222726A1 - Data processing method and apparatus - Google Patents

Data processing method and apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022222726A1
WO2022222726A1 PCT/CN2022/084388 CN2022084388W WO2022222726A1 WO 2022222726 A1 WO2022222726 A1 WO 2022222726A1 CN 2022084388 W CN2022084388 W CN 2022084388W WO 2022222726 A1 WO2022222726 A1 WO 2022222726A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
indication information
network
network coding
data packet
coding
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/084388
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
徐小英
祝慧颖
董朋朋
刘菁
酉春华
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2022222726A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022222726A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/0001Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff
    • H04L1/0009Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff by adapting the channel coding
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/0001Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff
    • H04L1/0015Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff characterised by the adaptation strategy
    • H04L1/0019Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff characterised by the adaptation strategy in which mode-switching is based on a statistical approach

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communications, and, more particularly, to a method and apparatus for data processing.
  • Virtual reality (Virtual Reality, VR) technology mainly refers to the rendering of visual and audio scenes to simulate the visual and audio sensory stimulation of the user in the real world as much as possible, with large bandwidth, low latency (10ms), and strict The need for reliable transmission performance.
  • VR Virtual reality
  • problems such as the transmission reliability of VR technology can be improved.
  • the present application provides a data processing method and device, which can indicate network coding parameters of terminal equipment, so that resource overhead, network coding reliability, and processing can be obtained by dynamically controlling network coding parameters according to channel conditions or fluctuations in traffic volume. balance between delays.
  • a data processing method comprising: receiving configuration information, the configuration information including a first network coding parameter, the first network coding parameter including at least one set of network coding parameters; according to the first network Encoding parameters, encode a group of blocks to be encoded to obtain a first encoding block, the group of blocks to be encoded includes N blocks to be encoded, the first encoding block includes M encoding blocks, and N and M are positive integers; send A second coding block, the second coding block including at least one coding block of the first coding block.
  • a set of to-be-coded blocks is coded.
  • the network coding parameters can be adjusted according to factors such as channel conditions and traffic fluctuations, so as to obtain and reduce resources. A trade-off between overhead, processing latency, and network coding reliability.
  • any set of network coding parameters in the first network coding parameters includes at least one of the following parameters: N, each coding block in the first coding block The bit size of , and the ratio of N to M.
  • the configuration information further includes information of the first channel, and the group of blocks to be encoded corresponding to the first channel is encoded.
  • the first channel may be at least one radio bearer or at least one logical channel.
  • the method when the configuration information includes a set of network coding parameters, the method further includes: receiving first indication information, where the first indication information indicates a second network coding parameter, The second network coding parameter is used to encode the set of blocks to be coded, and the second network coding parameter includes at least one of the following parameters: N, the bit size of each coding block in the first coding block, and N ratio to M.
  • the parameters of a part of the network coding can be determined first through the configuration information, and then the parameters of another part of the network coding can be determined through the first indication information, so that the parameters of the network coding can be dynamically adjusted in real time according to factors such as traffic fluctuations or channel conditions, etc. Obtain a balance between network coding reliability, resource overhead, and processing delay.
  • the second network coding parameter is different from the network coding parameter included in the first network coding parameter.
  • first indication information is received, where the first indication information indicates to encode the group of blocks to be encoded corresponding to the first channel.
  • the first indication information may be radio resource control (Radio resource control, RRC) signaling.
  • the method further includes: receiving second indication information, where the second indication information indicates the second network coding parameters , the second network coding parameter is a set of network coding parameters of the first network coding parameter, and the second network coding parameter is used for coding the set of blocks to be coded.
  • the second network coding parameters are indicated by the second indication information, that is, a set of network coding parameters in the configuration information is determined to be used for network coding, so that the network coding parameters can be used in real-time according to the service
  • the parameters of network coding can be adjusted dynamically to obtain a balance between reliability, resource overhead, and processing delay of network coding.
  • second indication information is received, where the second indication information indicates to encode the group of blocks to be encoded corresponding to the first channel.
  • the second indication information may be a media access control control element (Media access control control element, MAC CE).
  • third indication information is received, and the third indication information activates encoding of the group of blocks to be encoded corresponding to the first channel.
  • the network coding function can be activated or deactivated in an asynchronous manner, the network coding function can be dynamically turned on or off, a network coding package is generated when the network coding function is activated, and a non-network coding package is generated when the network coding function is turned off.
  • fourth indication information is received, where the fourth indication information indicates an uplink grant and whether the uplink grant is used to send the second coding block.
  • the sending of the second coding block specifically includes:
  • the first data packet including fifth indication information, the fifth indication information indicating that the first data packet includes the second encoding block; processing the first data packet to generate a second data packet; sending the second data packet.
  • the first data packet when the network coding function is activated to generate the network coding packet, the first data packet includes the network coding packet; when the network coding function is deactivated to generate the non-network coding packet, the first data packet does not include the network coding packet.
  • Encoding packets can improve the problem that the effective time of closing or opening the network encoding function has an ambiguous period, which leads to the problem that the data packets cannot be parsed in an accurate format.
  • the second data packet includes at least one sub-data packet
  • the method further includes: sending sixth indication information, where the sixth indication information indicates that the second code is included The position of the block's subpackets in this second packet.
  • the sixth indication information indicates the position of the sub-data packet containing the second coding block in the second data packet, so that the second data packet can be checked in the transport block (Transport block, TB) cyclic redundancy code
  • the media access control (Media access control, MAC) layer can also accurately extract the second coding block to the upper layer for decoding, which helps to obtain the gain of network coding.
  • the sixth indication information indicates an offset of the first sub-packet of the second data packet and the sub-packet including the second encoding block.
  • the position of the sub-packet including the second encoding block may be determined by the offset between the header position of the first sub-packet and the header position of the sub-packet including the second encoding block .
  • the position of the sub-packet including the second encoding block may be determined by the offset between the tail position of the first sub-packet and the head position of the sub-packet including the second encoding block .
  • the position of the sub-packet including the second encoding block can be determined by the offset of the first sub-packet and the sub-packet including the second encoding block, wherein the first sub-packet is a newly added sub-packet A data packet for indicating the location of the sub-data packet including the second encoding block.
  • the sixth indication information further indicates the length of the sub-packet including the second coding block.
  • the length of the sub-packet including the second coding block can be determined through the sixth indication information.
  • the first sub-data package includes the sixth indication information.
  • the sixth indication information is further used to indicate identification information of a channel corresponding to the second coding block.
  • the second data packet includes a check code
  • the check code is generated at the MAC layer according to the sub-data packet including the second encoding block
  • the The check code is in one-to-one correspondence with the sub-data packets including the second encoding block
  • the check code is used to determine whether the sub-data packets including the second encoding block are correctly received.
  • the sub-data packet containing the second coding block that has passed the CRC check can be sent to the upper layer , so that when the CRC check fails, the correct sub-packet containing the second coding block can be delivered to the upper layer for decoding, and the fault tolerance and decoding functions are decoupled, which helps to obtain the gain of network coding and enables the upper layer.
  • the network coding function works fine.
  • a data processing method comprising: sending configuration information, where the configuration information includes a first network coding parameter, the first network coding parameter including at least one set of network coding parameters; receiving a second coding block , the second encoding block includes at least one encoding block of the first encoding block, and the first encoding block is determined by encoding a group of blocks to be encoded according to the first network coding parameter, wherein the group of blocks to be encoded It includes N blocks to be coded, the first coding block includes M coding blocks, and N and M are positive integers.
  • any set of network coding parameters in the first network coding parameters includes at least one of the following parameters: N, each coding block in the first coding block The bit size of , and the ratio of N to M.
  • the configuration information further includes information of a first channel, where the first channel includes at least one channel.
  • the method when the configuration information includes a set of network coding parameters, the method further includes: sending first indication information, where the first indication information indicates the second network coding parameters,
  • the second network coding parameter is used to encode the set of blocks to be coded, and the second network coding parameter includes at least one of the following parameters: N, the bit size of each coding block in the first coding block, and N ratio to M.
  • first indication information is sent, where the first indication information indicates to encode the group of blocks to be encoded corresponding to the first channel.
  • second indication information is sent, where the second indication information indicates a second network coding parameter, and the second network coding parameter is a group of the first network coding parameter Network coding parameters, where the second network coding parameters are used for coding the set of blocks to be coded.
  • second indication information is sent, where the second indication information indicates to encode the group of blocks to be encoded corresponding to the first channel.
  • third indication information is sent, where the third indication information activates the encoding of the group of blocks to be encoded corresponding to the first channel.
  • fourth indication information is sent, where the fourth indication information indicates an uplink grant and whether the uplink grant is used to send the second coding block.
  • the receiving the second encoding block specifically includes: receiving a second data packet, where the second data packet is obtained by processing the first data packet, and the first data packet is obtained by processing the first data packet.
  • the packet is generated by the second encoding block, and the first data packet includes fifth indication information indicating that the first data packet includes the second encoding block.
  • sixth indication information is received, where the sixth indication information indicates the position in the second data packet of the sub-data packet including the second coding block; according to the The sixth indication information is to determine the position of the sub-data package including the second coding block in the second data package.
  • the sixth indication information indicates an offset of the first sub-packet of the second data packet and the sub-packet including the second encoding block.
  • the sixth indication information further indicates the length of the sub-packet including the second coding block.
  • the first sub-data package includes the sixth indication information.
  • the sixth indication information is further used to indicate identification information of a channel corresponding to the second coding block.
  • the second data packet includes a check code
  • the check code is generated at the MAC layer according to the sub-data packet including the second encoding block
  • the The check code is in one-to-one correspondence with the sub-data package including the second encoding block
  • the check code is used to determine whether the sub-data package including the second encoding block is correctly received.
  • a communication apparatus including functional modules for implementing the method in any possible implementation manner of the foregoing first aspect.
  • a communication apparatus including functional modules for implementing the method in any possible implementation manner of the foregoing second aspect.
  • a communication device comprising a processor and an interface circuit, the interface circuit is configured to receive signals from other communication devices other than the communication device and transmit to the processor or send signals from the processor
  • the processor is used to implement the method in any possible implementation manner of the foregoing first aspect through logic circuits or executing code instructions.
  • a communication device comprising a processor and an interface circuit, the interface circuit being configured to receive signals from other communication devices other than the communication device and transmit to the processor or transfer signals from the processor Sent to other communication devices other than the communication device, the processor is used to implement the method in any possible implementation manner of the foregoing second aspect through a logic circuit or executing code instructions.
  • a computer-readable storage medium is provided, and a computer program or instruction is stored in the computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer program or instruction is executed, any possible implementation manner of the foregoing first aspect is realized. Methods.
  • a computer-readable storage medium is provided, and a computer program or instruction is stored in the computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer program or instruction is executed, any possible implementation manner of the foregoing second aspect is realized. Methods.
  • a computer program product comprising instructions that, when executed, implement the method in any possible implementation manner of the foregoing first aspect.
  • a computer program product comprising instructions which, when executed, implement the method of any possible implementation of the foregoing second aspect.
  • a computer program comprising codes or instructions which, when executed, implement the method in any possible implementation manner of the foregoing first aspect.
  • a twelfth aspect provides a computer program, the computer program comprising codes or instructions that, when executed, implement the method in any possible implementation manner of the foregoing second aspect.
  • a thirteenth aspect provides a chip system, where the chip system includes a processor, and may further include a memory, for implementing the method in any possible implementation manner of the foregoing first aspect.
  • the chip system can be composed of chips, and can also include chips and other discrete devices.
  • a fourteenth aspect provides a chip system, where the chip system includes a processor, and may further include a memory, for implementing the method in any possible implementation manner of the foregoing second aspect.
  • the chip system can be composed of chips, and can also include chips and other discrete devices.
  • a fifteenth aspect provides a communication system, where the communication system includes the apparatus of the third aspect or the fourth aspect.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a wireless communication system 100 suitable for an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a wireless communication system 200 suitable for an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3a is an example diagram of a protocol layer structure between a terminal device and an access network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3b is a schematic diagram of a CU-DU separation architecture provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3c is a schematic diagram of still another CU-DU separation architecture provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3d is a schematic diagram of the distribution of a protocol stack provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a flowchart of a method 400 for data transmission using network coding applicable to the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a flowchart of network coding applicable to the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of network coding applicable to the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a data processing method 700 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of a data processing method 800 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a data processing method 900 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of second indication information proposed by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is another schematic diagram of the second indication information proposed by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of a single network connection applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of a network dual connection suitable for an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a data processing method 1400 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of a data processing method 1500 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of a second data packet provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 17 is another schematic diagram of a second data packet provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 18 is another schematic diagram of a second data packet provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram of a data processing method 1900 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic diagram of a data processing method 2000 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic diagram of a second data packet for generating a CRC according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 22 is another schematic diagram of a second data packet for generating a CRC according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture 2300 suitable for this embodiment.
  • FIG. 24 is a schematic diagram of a data processing method 2400 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 25 is a schematic diagram of a data processing method 2500 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 26 is a schematic diagram of a data processing method 2600 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 27 is a schematic diagram of a data processing method 2700 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 28 is a schematic diagram of third indication information provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 29 is a schematic diagram of a first data packet provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 30 is another schematic diagram of a first data packet provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 31 is a schematic diagram of a data processing method 3100 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 32 is a schematic diagram of a data processing method 3200 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 33 is a schematic block diagram of a communication apparatus 3300 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 34 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication apparatus 3400 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 35 is a schematic structural diagram of a simplified terminal device applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 36 is a schematic structural diagram of a simplified base station applicable to the embodiment of the present application.
  • the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, for example, fifth generation (5th generation, 5G) systems or new radio (NR), long term evolution (LTE) systems, LTE frequency Frequency division duplex (FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (TDD), universal mobile telecommunication system (UMTS), etc.
  • cloud video source codec, rendering, etc., network transmission includes core network and access network of LTE, NR and sixth generation system (6th generation, 6G) air interface, terminal headset virtual reality (Virtual reality, VR) glasses and other equipment .
  • FIG. 1 To facilitate understanding of the embodiments of the present application, a communication system applicable to the embodiments of the present application is first described in detail with reference to FIG. 1 .
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a wireless communication system 100 suitable for an embodiment of the present application.
  • the wireless communication system 100 may include at least one network device, such as the network device 111 shown in FIG. 1 , and the wireless communication system 100 may also include at least one terminal device, such as the terminal device 121 shown in FIG. 1 . to the terminal device 123.
  • Both network equipment and terminal equipment can be configured with multiple antennas, and network equipment and terminal equipment can communicate using multi-antenna technology.
  • FIG. 2 is another schematic diagram of a wireless communication system 200 suitable for an embodiment of the present application.
  • the wireless communication system 100 may include at least one terminal device, such as the terminal device 211 shown in FIG. 2 , and the wireless communication system 100 may also include at least one network device, such as the network device 221 shown in FIG. 2 . to network device 223. Both the network device and the terminal device can be configured with multiple antennas, and the network device and the terminal device can communicate using the multi-antenna technology.
  • FIG. 1 and FIG. 2 are only exemplary descriptions, and the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the network device in the wireless communication system may be any device having a wireless transceiver function.
  • the interface between the network device and the terminal device may be a Uu interface (or called an air interface).
  • Uu interface or called an air interface.
  • the names of these interfaces may remain unchanged, or may be replaced with other names, which are not limited in this application.
  • a network device is an access device that a terminal device wirelessly accesses into a mobile communication system, which can be a base station, an evolved NodeB (eNodeB), a transmission reception point (TRP), or a 5G mobile communication system.
  • a mobile communication system which can be a base station, an evolved NodeB (eNodeB), a transmission reception point (TRP), or a 5G mobile communication system.
  • the network device may include a centralized unit (Centralized unit, CU), or a distributed unit (Distributed unit, DU), or include a CU and a DU.
  • the functions of the network device may also be implemented through multiple network function entities, and each network function entity is used to implement part of the functions of the network device.
  • These network function entities can be network elements in hardware devices, software functions running on dedicated hardware, or virtualized functions instantiated on a platform (eg, a cloud platform).
  • the control plane protocol layer structure may include a radio resource control (RRC) layer, a packet data convergence protocol (packet data convergence protocol, PDCP) layer. , radio link control (radio link control, RLC) layer, media access control (media access control, MAC) layer and physical layer; user plane protocol layer structure may include PDCP layer, RLC layer, MAC layer and physical layer, in a possible implementation, the PDCP layer may further include a service data adaptation protocol (SDAP) layer.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • PDCP packet data convergence protocol
  • RLC radio link control
  • MAC media access control
  • SDAP service data adaptation protocol
  • the data transmission needs to go through the user plane protocol layer, such as the SDAP layer, PDCP layer, RLC layer, MAC layer, and physical layer, among which SDAP layer, PDCP layer,
  • the RLC layer, the MAC layer, and the physical layer may also be collectively referred to as the access layer.
  • data is transmitted between the access network device and the terminal device by establishing at least one data radio bearer (DRB), and each DRB may correspond to a set of functional entities, such as including a PDCP layer entity, the At least one RLC layer entity corresponding to the PDCP layer entity, at least one MAC layer entity corresponding to the at least one RLC layer entity, and at least one physical layer entity corresponding to the at least one MAC layer entity.
  • DRB data radio bearer
  • SRB signaling radio bearer
  • DRB and SRB can be collectively referred to as radio bearer (RB) .
  • the downward arrow in FIG. 3a indicates data transmission
  • the upward arrow indicates data reception.
  • the SDAP layer entity obtains the data from the upper layer, it can map the data to the PDCP layer entity of the corresponding DRB according to the QoS flow indicator (QFI) of the data, and the PDCP layer entity can transmit the data to at least one corresponding to the PDCP layer entity.
  • QFI QoS flow indicator
  • One RLC layer entity is further transmitted by at least one RLC layer entity to the corresponding MAC layer entity, and then the MAC layer entity generates a transport block, and then performs wireless transmission through the corresponding physical layer entity.
  • the data is encapsulated correspondingly in each layer.
  • the data received by a certain layer from the upper layer of the layer is regarded as the service data unit (SDU) of the layer, and becomes the protocol data unit (Protocol data) after layer encapsulation. unit, PDU), and then passed to the next layer.
  • SDU service data unit
  • PDU protocol data unit
  • the data received by the PDCP layer entity from the upper layer is called PDCP SDU
  • the data sent by the PDCP layer entity to the lower layer is called PDCP PDU
  • the data received by the RLC layer entity from the upper layer is called RLC SDU
  • the data sent by the RLC layer entity to the lower layer Called RLC PDU can be transmitted between different layers through corresponding channels.
  • the RLC layer entity and the MAC layer entity can transmit data through a logical channel (LCH), and between the MAC layer entity and the physical layer entity can be transmitted through the Transport channel (Transport channel) to transmit data.
  • LCH logical channel
  • Transport channel Transport channel
  • the terminal device also has an application layer and a non-access layer; wherein, the application layer can be used to provide services to applications installed in the terminal device, for example, the terminal device receives Downlink data can be sequentially transmitted from the physical layer to the application layer, and then provided by the application layer to the application program; for another example, the application layer can obtain the data generated by the application program, transmit the data to the physical layer in turn, and send it to other communication devices.
  • the non-access layer can be used for forwarding user data, for example, forwarding the uplink data received from the application layer to the SDAP layer or forwarding the downlink data received from the SDAP layer to the application layer.
  • the network device may include one or more centralized units (Centralized units, CUs) and one or more distributed units (Distributed units, DUs), and multiple DUs may be centrally controlled by one CU.
  • the interface between the CU and the DU may be referred to as an F1 interface, wherein the control plane (Control panel, CP) interface may be F1-C, and the user plane (User panel, UP) interface may be F1-U.
  • the CU and DU can be divided according to the protocol layers of the wireless network: for example, as shown in Figure 3b, the functions of the PDCP layer and the above protocol layers are set in the CU, and the functions of the protocol layers below the PDCP layer are set in the DU.
  • the DU may include the RLC layer, MAC layer and physical (Physical, PHY) layer.
  • the DU may include functions of the RLC layer, functions of the MAC layer, and part of the functions of the PHY layer.
  • a DU may include functions of higher layers in the PHY layer.
  • the functions of the upper layers in the PHY layer may include cyclic redundancy check (Cyclic redundancy check, CRC) functions, channel coding, rate matching, scrambling, modulation, and layer mapping; or, the functions of the upper layers in the PHY layer may include cyclic redundancy check (CRC) functions. Redundancy checking, channel coding, rate matching, scrambling, modulation, layer mapping and precoding.
  • CRC Cyclic redundancy check
  • the functions of the lower layers in the PHY layer may be implemented by another network entity independent of the DU, wherein the functions of the lower layers in the PHY layer may include precoding, resource mapping, physical antenna mapping, and radio frequency functions; or, the functions of the lower layers in the PHY layer may Includes resource mapping, physical antenna mapping, and radio frequency functions.
  • This embodiment of the present application does not limit the function division of the upper layer and the lower layer in the PHY layer.
  • the DU sends data or information to other communication devices (such as terminal equipment, core network equipment), which can be understood as: the DU executes the RLC layer and the MAC layer. function, and, part of the function of the PHY layer.
  • the network that performs the functions of the lower layers in the PHY layer is independent from the DU.
  • the entity performs the remaining functions of mapping and sending on physical resources.
  • the above-mentioned division of the processing functions of CU and DU according to the protocol layer is only an example, and can also be divided in other ways, for example, the functions of the protocol layer above the RLC layer are set in the CU, and the functions of the RLC layer and the following protocol layers are set.
  • the function is set in the DU.
  • the CU or DU can be divided into functions with more protocol layers, and for example, the CU or DU can also be divided into partial processing functions with protocol layers.
  • some functions of the RLC layer and functions of the protocol layers above the RLC layer are placed in the CU, and the remaining functions of the RLC layer and the functions of the protocol layers below the RLC layer are placed in the DU.
  • the functions of the CU or DU can also be divided according to the service type or other system requirements, for example, by the delay, the functions whose processing time needs to meet the delay requirements are set in the DU, and do not need to meet the delay.
  • the required functionality is set in the CU.
  • the CU may also have one or more functions of the core network.
  • the CU can be set on the network side to facilitate centralized management; the DU can have multiple radio functions, or the radio functions can be set remotely. This embodiment of the present application does not limit this.
  • the functions of the CU may be implemented by one entity, or may also be implemented by different entities.
  • the functions of the CU can be further divided, that is, the control plane and the user plane can be separated and implemented by different entities, namely the control plane CU entity (ie the CU-CP entity) and the user plane CU entity. (ie the CU-UP entity), the CU-CP entity and the CU-UP entity can be coupled with the DU to jointly complete the functions of the network device.
  • the interface between the CU-CP entity and the CU-UP entity may be the E1 interface
  • the interface between the CU-CP entity and the DU may be the F1-C interface
  • the interface between the CU-UP entity and the DU may be the F1-U interface interface.
  • one DU and one CU-UP can be connected to one CU-CP.
  • one DU can be connected to multiple CU-UPs
  • one CU-UP can be connected to multiple DUs.
  • FIG. 3d is a schematic diagram of the distribution of an air interface protocol stack.
  • the air interface protocol stack may be RLC, MAC, and PHY in the DU, and PDCP and above protocol layers in the CU.
  • the signaling generated by the CU may be sent to the terminal device through the DU, or the signaling generated by the terminal device may be sent to the CU through the DU.
  • the DU may not parse the signaling, but directly encapsulate it through the protocol layer and transparently transmit it to the terminal device or CU.
  • the sending or receiving of the signaling by the DU includes this scenario.
  • the signaling of the RRC or PDCP layer will eventually be processed as the data of the physical layer and sent to the terminal device, or converted from the received data of the physical layer.
  • the signaling of the RRC or PDCP layer can also be considered to be sent by the DU, or sent by the DU and the radio frequency device.
  • the terminal device involved in the embodiments of the present application includes a device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to a user, for example, may include a handheld device with a wireless connection function, or a processing device connected to a wireless modem.
  • the terminal equipment may communicate with the core network via a radio access network (RAN), and exchange voice and/or data with the RAN.
  • RAN radio access network
  • the terminal equipment may include user equipment (UE), wireless terminal equipment, mobile terminal equipment, device-to-device (D2D) terminal equipment, vehicle to everything (V2X) terminal equipment , Machine-to-machine/machine-type communications (M2M/MTC) terminal equipment, Internet of things (IoT) terminal equipment, subscriber units, subscriber stations, mobile stations, remote stations , access point (AP), remote terminal, access terminal, user terminal, user agent, or user equipment, etc.
  • UE user equipment
  • D2D device-to-device
  • V2X vehicle to everything
  • M2M/MTC Machine-to-machine/machine-type communications
  • IoT Internet of things
  • subscriber units subscriber stations
  • mobile stations mobile stations
  • remote stations AP
  • remote terminal access terminal
  • user terminal user agent
  • these may include mobile telephones (or "cellular" telephones), computers with mobile terminal equipment, portable, pocket-sized, hand-held, computer-embedded mobile devices, and the like.
  • PCS personal communication service
  • SIP session initiation protocol
  • WLL wireless local loop
  • PDA personal digital assistant
  • constrained devices such as devices with lower power consumption, or devices with limited storage capacity, or devices with limited computing power, etc.
  • information sensing devices such as barcodes, radio frequency identification (RFID), sensors, global positioning system (GPS), and laser scanners.
  • RFID radio frequency identification
  • GPS global positioning system
  • an implementation method of data transmission using network coding is that the sender encodes a group of data packets uniformly, divides them into N equal-sized data blocks, performs network coding uniformly, and outputs M (M>N after encoding). ) in small data blocks for transmission. This set of data can be recovered as long as the receiver correctly receives any N small data blocks and decodes them.
  • FIG. 4 is a flowchart of a method 400 for data transmission using network coding applicable to the embodiment of the present application. As shown, the method 400 may include the following steps:
  • the base station sends an RRC message to the terminal device.
  • the base station may send an RRC message to the terminal device to configure the number of blocks to be encoded in one encoding group to be 120.
  • the PDCP layer of the base station generates a group of PDCP PDUs from the data packets.
  • the PDCP layer of the base station may receive data packets, ie, PDCP SDUs, and then generate a set of PDCP PDUs from the received data packets.
  • the PDCP layer of the base station can generate a PDCP PDU through network coding steps such as header compression, encryption, and adding PDCP header integrity protection. The integrity protection is then executed, which is not limited in this application.
  • the PDCP layer of the base station performs network coding processing on the PDCP PDU.
  • FIG. 5 is a flowchart of network coding applicable to this embodiment of the present application.
  • the network coding may include three steps:
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of network coding applicable to this embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 6 , a vector matrix with 120 columns and 132 rows is a coding coefficient codebook, and the coding coefficient vector in each row of a matrix corresponds to an index index.
  • x1, x2,...,x120 corresponds to a set of blocks to be coded
  • y1, y2,...,y120 corresponds to 120 coding blocks
  • y121, y122,..., y132 are redundant blocks
  • each coding block generates a coding header corresponding to
  • each encoding header includes:
  • the RLC layer of the base station generates an RLC PDU and submits it to the MAC layer.
  • the RLC layer of the base station may receive the encoded block, add an RLC header to the encoded block, generate an RLC PDU, and deliver it to the MAC layer.
  • the MAC layer of the base station adds a MAC sub-header to the RLC PDU to generate a MAC sub-PDU.
  • the MAC layer of the base station may add a MAC sub-header to the RLC PDU to generate a MAC sub-PDU.
  • the MAC subheader includes the L field, indicating the length information of the MAC CE.
  • the MAC layer selects MAC sub-PDUs in the order of logical channel priority from high to low according to the size of the transmission resources and multiplexes them together to form a MAC PDU, and then submits it to the physical layer to add a CRC to generate a TB, which is sent by the physical layer.
  • the physical layer of the terminal device submits the TB that has passed the CRC check to the MAC layer.
  • the terminal device may receive the TB on the PDSCH according to the downlink control information on the PDCCH, and submit the TB that has passed the CRC check to the MAC layer through the physical layer.
  • the MAC layer of the terminal device submits the MAC SDU to the RLC layer, and the RLC submits the RLC SDU to the PDCP layer.
  • the MAC layer of the terminal device can parse the MAC sub-PDU, and submit the MAC SDU to the RLC layer according to the logical channel identifier in the sub-header of the MAC sub-PDU, and the RLC submits the RLC SDU to the PDCP layer.
  • the PDCP layer of the terminal device performs network decoding.
  • the PDCP layer of the terminal device may perform network decoding after receiving the RLC SDU.
  • network decoding steps is as follows:
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a data processing method, which is used to improve the reliability of data transmission and reduce the processing delay.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a data processing method 700 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 7, the method includes the following steps:
  • the network device sends configuration information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the configuration information from the network device.
  • the configuration information is used for network coding by the terminal device.
  • the configuration information includes a first network coding parameter, and the first network coding parameter includes at least one set of network coding parameters.
  • each group of network coding parameters may include a first index number, and the first index number may correspond to at least one of the following parameters: N, the bit size of each coding block in the first coding block, and the ratio of N to M.
  • N is the number of to-be-coded blocks in a set of to-be-coded blocks
  • M is the number of coding blocks in the first coding block obtained after performing network coding on a set of coding blocks.
  • Table 1 is an example of the configuration information including the first network coding parameter.
  • the first index number of the first group of network coding parameters is 100, corresponding to the first group of network coding parameters including the parameter: N;
  • the first index number of the second group of network coding parameters is 010, corresponding to the second group of network coding parameters
  • the first index number of the third group of network encoding parameters is 101, and the corresponding third group of network encoding parameters includes parameters: N, the ratio of N and M .
  • the configuration information can be sent to the terminal equipment in the form of RRC signaling, PDCP signaling, MAC CE signaling, and physical layer signaling.
  • the configuration information may further include information of the first channel, and encode a group of blocks to be encoded corresponding to the first channel.
  • the first channel may include at least one radio bearer or at least one logical channel.
  • the above configuration information may further include at least one second index number, where the second index number is a logical channel index number, and one logical channel index number corresponds to one logical channel, in other words, a second index number Corresponds to a logical channel. Therefore, the logical channel corresponding to the second index number can be made to perform network coding by using the network coding parameter represented by the first index number.
  • the above configuration information may further include at least one third index number, where the third index number is a radio bearer index number, and one radio bearer index number corresponds to one radio bearer, in other words, a third index The number corresponds to a radio bearer. Therefore, the radio bearer corresponding to the configuration information can be made to perform network coding by using the network coding parameter represented by the first index number.
  • the configuration information may also be PDCP configuration information.
  • the PDCP configuration information may include at least one fourth index number, where the fourth index number is a radio bearer index number, and one radio bearer index number corresponds to one radio bearer, in other words, one fourth index number corresponds to one radio bearer. Therefore, the radio bearer corresponding to the PDCP configuration information can use the network coding parameter represented by the first index number to perform network coding.
  • the configuration information may also be logical channel configuration information.
  • the logical channel configuration information may include at least one fifth index number, where the fifth index number is a logical channel index number, and one logical channel index number corresponds to one logical channel, in other words, one fifth index number corresponds to one logical channel. Therefore, the logical channel corresponding to the logical channel configuration information can be network-coded using the network coding parameter represented by the first index number.
  • the terminal device encodes a group of blocks to be encoded.
  • the terminal device may determine the first network coding parameter through the configuration information, and then use the first network coding parameter for a set of blocks to be coded in the corresponding logical channel or radio bearer. Encoding is performed to obtain the first encoding block.
  • the terminal device sends the second encoding block to the network device.
  • the network device receives the configuration information from the terminal device.
  • the second coding block includes at least one coding block in the first coding block.
  • the terminal device may be unable to send all the coding blocks in the first coding block due to insufficient resources. Therefore, the terminal device can send some or all of the coding blocks in the first coding block to the network device, that is, send the second coding block to the network device.
  • the terminal device encodes a set of blocks to be encoded by receiving configuration information including at least one set of network coding parameters.
  • the network device can adjust the network coding parameters according to factors such as channel conditions and traffic fluctuations. Obtain a balance between resource overhead, network coding reliability, and processing latency.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of a data processing method 800 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 8, the method includes the following steps:
  • the network device sends configuration information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the configuration information from the network device.
  • the network device may send configuration information to the terminal device, where the configuration information includes at least one set of network coding parameters for coding a set of blocks to be coded.
  • the network device encodes a group of blocks to be encoded.
  • the network device may encode a group of blocks to be encoded to obtain the first encoded block.
  • the network device encoding a group of blocks to be encoded refers to S702 about the terminal device encoding a group of blocks to be encoded. It is replaced with a network device, and for brevity, this application will not repeat it here.
  • the network device sends the second encoding block to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the second encoding block from the network device.
  • the network device may send the second encoding block to the terminal device.
  • the second coding block includes at least one coding block in the first coding block.
  • the description of the network device sending the second encoding block to the terminal device you can refer to the description in S703 about the terminal device sending the second encoding block to the network device, only need to replace the sending main terminal device with the network device, and the receiving main The network device is replaced with a terminal device, and for the sake of brevity, details are not described here in this application.
  • the network device can encode a set of blocks to be coded according to the configuration information of at least one set of network coding parameters. Balance between resource overhead, network coding reliability, and processing latency.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a data processing method 900 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 9, the method includes the following steps:
  • a terminal device sends network coding capability information to a network device.
  • the network device receives the network coding capability information from the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may send network coding capability information to the network device, where the network coding capability information indicates the capability of the terminal device to support network coding.
  • the network device sends configuration information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the configuration information from the network device.
  • the network device may send configuration information to the terminal device, where the configuration information includes at least one set of network coding parameters for performing network coding on a set of to-be-coded blocks.
  • the network device sends the first indication information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the first indication information from the network device.
  • the network device may send first indication information to the terminal device, where the first indication information indicates at least one network coding parameter, which is used to perform network coding on a group of blocks to be coded. Further, the first indication information may be carried in RRC signaling.
  • the first indication information may include a second network coding parameter, and the second network coding parameter is used for coding a group of blocks to be coded. Further, the parameters included in the second network coding parameter are different from the parameters included in the first network coding parameter.
  • the network device may send first indication information to the terminal device, the first indication
  • the information includes a second network coding parameter, which may include at least one of the following parameters: N, a bit size of each of the first coding blocks, and a ratio of N to M.
  • N is the number of to-be-coded blocks in a set of to-be-coded blocks
  • M is the number of coding blocks in the first coding block obtained after performing network coding on a set of coding blocks.
  • the parameters included in the second network coding parameter are different from the parameters included in the first network coding parameter.
  • the network device can first configure the bit size of each encoding block in the first encoding block to the terminal device through the configuration information, and then configure the ratio of N to M to the network device through the first indication information according to the real-time dynamic situation.
  • the network device may first configure the ratio of N to M to the terminal device through configuration information, and then configure the bit size of each encoding block in the first encoding block to the network device through the first indication information according to the real-time dynamic situation.
  • a parameter in the network coding parameters included in the configuration information may also be a network coding parameter pre-defined by the terminal device or a protocol agreed upon, wherein, when a parameter in the network coding parameters included in the configuration information is the terminal device predefined or For the network coding parameters agreed in the protocol, the first indication information may include only one parameter in the network coding parameters, and this parameter is different from the network coding parameters predefined by the terminal device or agreed in the protocol.
  • the first indication information may instruct the terminal device to encode a group of blocks to be encoded corresponding to the first channel.
  • the first channel may include at least one radio bearer or at least one logical channel.
  • the network device may configure the first channel to the terminal device through the first indication information, so that the terminal device encodes a group of blocks to be encoded corresponding to the first channel.
  • the network device configures the terminal device with the first channel, but does not enable the terminal device to encode a set of blocks to be encoded corresponding to the first channel.
  • the network device may instruct the terminal device to encode a group of blocks to be encoded corresponding to the first channel through the first indication information.
  • the first indication information may include the information of the second network coding parameter and the information indicating the first channel at the same time.
  • the network device sends the second indication information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the second indication information from the network device.
  • the network device may send second indication information to the terminal device, where the second indication information indicates the second network coding parameter, which is used to perform network coding on a group of blocks to be coded. Further, the second indication information may be carried in the MAC CE.
  • the second indication information may include second network coding parameters
  • the second network coding parameters are a set of network coding parameters of the first network coding parameters, which are used for a pair of network coding parameters. Groups of blocks to be encoded are encoded.
  • the network device can configure a set of network coding parameters specifically used by the terminal device according to the real-time dynamic situation and use the index number in the second indication information, and configure a set of network coding parameters specifically used by the terminal device. block to encode.
  • the second indication information may instruct the terminal device to encode a group of blocks to be encoded corresponding to the first channel.
  • the network device may configure the first channel to the terminal device through the second indication information, so that the terminal device encodes a group of blocks to be encoded corresponding to the first channel.
  • the network device configures the terminal device with the first channel, but does not enable the terminal device to encode a set of blocks to be encoded corresponding to the first channel.
  • the network device may instruct the terminal device to encode a group of blocks to be encoded corresponding to the first channel through the second indication information.
  • the second indication information may include the information of the second network coding parameter and the information indicating the first channel at the same time.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of second indication information provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the first channel may be a logical channel or a radio bearer.
  • the index number 1 carried in the first field can be used to indicate the network coding parameter with the index number 1; the logical channel identifier 5 carried in the second field can be used. , indicating that network coding is performed on a group of blocks to be coded corresponding to the logical channel identified as 5.
  • the information to determine a set of network coding parameters and the information to determine a logical channel can also be carried in two MAC CE signaling respectively. When carried in two MAC CE signalings respectively, the two MAC CE signalings can be sent in the same TB or in different TBs.
  • one MAC CE signaling can also determine multiple logical channels.
  • FIG. 11 is another schematic diagram of the second indication information proposed by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 11, when one MAC CE signaling can determine multiple logical channels, the third field can contain multiple bits, taking 4 bits as an example: bit 0 corresponds to the logical channel with the smallest identifier of the logical channel configured with the network coding function. bits.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of a single network connection applicable to the embodiment of the present application.
  • bits 0, 1, 2, and 3 correspond to bit 0, bit 1, bit 2, and bit 3 in ascending order of the logical channel identifiers configured with the network coding function.
  • a value of 1 indicates that the block to be encoded corresponding to the logical channel is determined to be network encoded
  • a value of 0 indicates that the block to be encoded corresponding to the logical channel is determined not to be network encoded.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of a network dual connection suitable for an embodiment of the present application.
  • the bit value corresponding to the logical channel identifier of the main network device (the wireless access node that provides the control plane connection to the core network) is put first. , and then place the bit value corresponding to the logical channel identifier of the slave network device (the radio access node that does not provide a control plane connection to the core network).
  • the logical channel channel identifier configured with the network coding function can be replaced by the radio bearer identifier configured with the network coding function, the second field carries the radio bearer identifier, and the multiple bits of the third field. They are arranged in ascending or descending order of the identifiers of the radio bearers.
  • the second indication information can also indicate to enable the network coding function of the uplink, or indicate the effective system frame number (System frame number, SFN), and the SFN is an SFN that is closest to the time when the terminal device receives the second indication information ).
  • System frame number System frame number
  • the second indication information may also be carried in the DCI, and the network device configures the terminal device with the second indication information by sending the DCI information to the terminal device.
  • the DCI may be the DCI in the PDCCH that schedules data transmission in real time, or the DCI ordered by the PDCCH. Since the logical channel ID has more bits, it can be considered to use shorter bits to map the logical channel ID.
  • the lower 2 to 3 bits of the 5 bits of the logical channel identifier are used to indicate, or the network device configures a logical channel identifier to correspond to a value of 2 to 3 bits, as shown in Table 2, using two bits to support a maximum of 4
  • the logical channel supports network coding, and uses 3 bits to support up to 9 logical channels to support network coding.
  • the logical channel channel identifier configured with the network coding function can be replaced with the radio bearer identifier configured with the network coding function.
  • the terminal device sends activation feedback information to the network device, and correspondingly, the network device receives the activation feedback information from the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may send activation feedback information to the network device, where the activation feedback information is used to instruct the first channel of the terminal device to use the network coding function.
  • the activation feedback information may be in the form of MAC CE signaling.
  • the activation feedback information may include at least one of an index number of a network coding parameter and a logical channel identifier carried in the first indication information or the second indication information.
  • the activation feedback information may carry a set of bits, the bit position corresponds to a logical channel, and the bit value is 1 to indicate that the network coding function is used. Therefore, the information of multiple logical channels can be confirmed through one activation feedback message, and the signaling overhead is small.
  • the network device sends fourth indication information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the fourth indication information from the network device.
  • the network device may send fourth indication information to the terminal device, where the fourth indication information indicates the uplink grant and whether the uplink grant is used to send the second encoding block, where the second encoding block includes the At least one coding block, the first coding block is a coding block obtained by performing network coding on a group of blocks to be coded. Further, the fourth indication information may be carried in DCI.
  • the terminal device generates a second data packet.
  • the terminal device may encode a group of blocks to be encoded to obtain a second encoded block according to the order of logical channel priorities, and process the second encoded block to obtain a first data packet, and then obtain a second data packet. Bag.
  • the terminal device can process some or all coding blocks in the first coding block for multiple times to obtain the second data packet. , that is, the second encoding block is processed multiple times to obtain the second data packet.
  • the segmented or complete RLC SDU is first processed to obtain the RLC PDU containing the second coding block, and the MAC layer then processes the RLC PDU containing the second coding block.
  • the second coding block can be a PDCP PDU, and the segmented or complete PDCP SDU is processed to obtain The PDCP PDU that contains the second coding block
  • the RLC layer processes the RLC PDU, that is, the first data packet
  • the MAC layer processes the first data packet to obtain the MAC PDU that contains the second coding block, that is, the second data packet
  • the network coding function of the terminal device is used in a new protocol layer between the PDCP and the RLC layer, for example, the network coding (Network code, NC) layer
  • the second coding block can be an NC PDU, and the segmented or complete PDCP PDU is processed,
  • the NC PDU containing the second coding block is obtained, the RLC layer processes to obtain the RLC PDU, that is, the first data packet, and the MAC layer processes the first data
  • the terminal device sends the second data packet to the network device, and correspondingly, the network device receives the second data packet from the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may send the second data packet to the network device.
  • the network device indicates which logical channel the terminal device is authorized to use for sending, the second data packet of which logical channel is sent through the authorization.
  • the terminal device encodes a set of blocks to be encoded by receiving the first indication information and the second indication information sent by the network device.
  • the network device can dynamically adjust the channel conditions, traffic fluctuations and other factors.
  • Network coding parameters the network device can first determine a part of the network coding parameters, and then determine another part of the network coding parameters, so that the network coding parameters can be dynamically adjusted in real time according to channel conditions, traffic fluctuations and other factors to obtain resource overhead and network coding reliability. performance, and the balance between processing latency.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a data processing method 1400 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 14, the method includes the following steps:
  • the terminal device sends the network coding capability information to the network device, and correspondingly, the network device receives the network coding capability information from the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may send network coding capability information to the network device, where the network coding capability information includes information about the capability of the terminal device to support network coding.
  • the network device sends configuration information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the configuration information from the network device.
  • the network device may send configuration information to the terminal device, wherein the configuration information indicates at least one set of network coding parameters.
  • the network device sends the first indication information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the first indication information from the network device.
  • the first indication information may be in the form of RRC signaling.
  • the network device may send first indication information to the terminal device, where the first indication information indicates at least one network coding parameter.
  • the description of the first indication information reference may be made to the description of the first indication information in S903a, which is not repeated in this application for brevity.
  • the network device sends the second indication information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the second indication information from the network device.
  • the network device may send second indication information to the terminal device, where the second indication information indicates the second network coding parameter, which is used to perform network coding on a group of blocks to be coded. Further, the second indication information may be carried in the MAC CE.
  • the terminal device sends activation feedback information to the network device, and correspondingly, the network device receives the activation feedback information from the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may send activation feedback information to the network device, where the activation feedback information is used to instruct the terminal device to activate the first channel to use the network coding function.
  • the activation feedback information may be in the form of MAC CE signaling.
  • the network device generates a second data packet.
  • the network device may encode a group of blocks to be encoded to obtain a second encoded block according to the ordering of logical channel priorities, and perform at least one processing on the second encoded block to obtain a second data packet.
  • the network device may process some or all coding blocks in the first coding block at least once to obtain the second data packet , that is, the second encoding block is processed at least once to obtain the second data packet.
  • the network device sends the second data packet to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the second data packet from the network device.
  • the network device may send the second data packet to the terminal device.
  • the network device encodes a set of blocks to be encoded.
  • the network device can dynamically adjust network coding parameters according to channel conditions, traffic fluctuations and other factors. Among them, the network device can first determine a part of network coding parameters, and then determine another part of the network coding parameters, so that the network coding parameters can be dynamically adjusted in real time according to factors such as traffic fluctuations, so as to obtain resource overhead and network coding reliability. and the balance between processing latency.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of a data processing method 1500 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 15, the method includes the following steps:
  • the terminal device sends the network coding capability information to the network device, and correspondingly, the network device receives the network coding capability information from the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may send network coding capability information to the network device, where the network coding capability information includes information about the capability of the terminal device to support network coding.
  • the network device sends configuration information to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives the configuration information from the network device.
  • the network device may send configuration information to the terminal device, where the configuration information includes at least one set of network coding parameters for coding a set of blocks to be coded.
  • the network device sends the first indication information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the first indication information from the network device.
  • the network device may send first indication information to the terminal device, where the first indication information indicates at least one network coding parameter for coding a group of blocks to be coded.
  • the network device sends the second indication information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the second indication information from the network device.
  • the network device may send second indication information to the terminal device, where the second indication information indicates a second network coding parameter for coding a group of blocks to be coded.
  • the terminal device sends fourth indication information to the network device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the fourth indication information from the network device.
  • the terminal device may send activation feedback information to the network device, where the activation feedback information is used to instruct the first channel of the terminal device to use the network coding function.
  • the terminal device generates a second data packet.
  • the terminal device may encode a group of blocks to be encoded to obtain a second encoded block according to the ordering of logical channel priorities, and perform at least one processing on the second encoded block to obtain a second data packet.
  • the second data packet includes sixth indication information, and the sixth indication information indicates the position of the sub-data packet including the second coding block in the second data packet.
  • the sixth indication information may determine that the sub-packet including the second encoding block is in the second data packet by indicating the offset of the first sub-packet of the second data packet and the sub-packet including the second encoding block s position.
  • the position of the sub-packet including the second encoding block may be determined by the offset between the header position of the first sub-packet and the header position of the sub-packet including the second encoding block , wherein the first sub-packet is a sub-packet used to indicate the position of the sub-packet including the second coding block.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of a second data packet provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG.
  • the first sub-data packet contains a fixed-length MAC CE, which is used to indicate that the first sub-data packet is relative to the network coding packet, that is, includes The offset (bytes or bits) of the header of the subpacket of the second encoding block. Further, the total length information of the sub-data packets including the second coding block is also included.
  • the first sub-packet can be placed first, and the sub-packets including the second coding block can be placed next to each other.
  • the position of the sub-packet including the second encoding block may be determined by the offset between the tail position of the first sub-packet and the head position of the sub-packet including the second encoding block .
  • FIG. 17 is another schematic diagram of a second data packet provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 17 , by introducing a first sub-data packet into the second data packet, the first sub-data packet contains a fixed-length MAC CE, which is used to indicate that the first sub-data packet is relative to the network coding packet, that is, includes The offset (bytes or bits) of the end of the subpacket of the second encoding block.
  • the total length information of the sub-data packets including the second coding block is also included.
  • the first sub-packet can be placed at the front, and the sub-packets including the second coding block can be placed next to each other.
  • the tail of the first sub-block and the header of the sub-packet containing the second coding block The value of the offset of the part is small, which can reduce the overhead.
  • the location of the sub-data block including the second coding block in the second data packet may be indicated by the MAC CE, and the corresponding data of the second coding block may also be indicated.
  • Logical channel identifier may be indicated by the MAC CE.
  • the first sub-packet contains a variable-length MAC CE
  • the MAC CE includes a MAC subheader
  • the L field of the MAC subheader indicates the length of the MAC CE
  • the F field indicates whether the bit length of the L field is 8 bits or 16 bits
  • the MAC CE carries the logical channel identifier corresponding to the second coding block
  • the sub-data packet including the second coding block is at the start position of the second data packet and includes the second The total length of the subpackets of the encoded block in the second packet.
  • the MAC layer can extract MAC sub-PDUs (ie, sub-data packets) with reference to the respective coding block sizes. Meanwhile, by referring to the contents of Table 2 above, when there are more logical channel identifier bits, a logical channel identifier with a shorter bit can be used to correspond to one logical channel identifier, thereby reducing the indication overhead.
  • the network device may not add the MAC subheader to the MAC subPDU of the coding block.
  • the terminal device sends the second data packet to the network device, and correspondingly, the network device receives the second data packet from the terminal device.
  • the terminal device If the network device instructs the terminal device to authorize the sending of a certain logical channel, the terminal device sends the second data packet of the logical channel through the authorization.
  • the terminal device may send the second data packet to the network device, and the network device may determine the position of the sub-data packet including the second coding block in the second data packet according to the sixth indication information.
  • the position of the sub-packet including the second encoding block in the second data packet can be determined by the offset of the first sub-packet and the sub-packet including the second encoding block, so that in the CRC check
  • the MAC layer can accurately extract the coding block, submit it to the upper layer, and enable the network coding function.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram of a data processing method 1900 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 19, the method includes the following steps:
  • the terminal device sends the network coding capability information to the network device, and correspondingly, the network device receives the network coding capability information from the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may send network coding capability information to the network device, where the network coding capability information indicates the capability of the terminal device to support network coding.
  • the network device sends configuration information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the configuration information from the network device.
  • the network device may send configuration information to the terminal device, where the configuration information indicates at least one set of network coding parameters for coding a set of to-be-coded blocks.
  • the network device sends the first indication information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the first indication information from the network device.
  • the network device may send first indication information to the terminal device, where the first indication information indicates at least one network coding parameter for coding a group of blocks to be coded.
  • the network device sends the second indication information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the second indication information from the network device.
  • the network device may send second indication information to the terminal device, where the second indication information indicates the second network coding parameter, which is used for coding a group of blocks to be coded.
  • the terminal device sends activation feedback information to the network device, and correspondingly, the network device receives the activation feedback information from the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may send activation feedback information to the network device, where the activation feedback information is used to instruct the first channel of the terminal device to use the network coding function.
  • the activation feedback information may be in the form of MAC CE signaling.
  • the network device generates a second data packet.
  • the network device may encode a group of blocks to be encoded to obtain a second encoded block according to the ordering of logical channel priorities, and perform at least one processing on the second encoded block to obtain a second data packet.
  • the second data packet includes sixth indication information, and the sixth indication information indicates the position of the sub-data packet including the second coding block in the second data packet.
  • the sixth indication information may also be carried in the DCI, and the network device may enable the terminal device to acquire the sixth indication information by sending the DCI information including the sixth indication information to the terminal device.
  • the network device sends the second data packet to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the second data packet from the network device.
  • the network device may send the second data packet to the terminal device, and the terminal device may determine the position of the sub-data packet including the second coding block in the second data packet according to the sixth indication information.
  • the position of the sub-packet including the second encoding block in the second data packet can be determined by the offset of the first sub-packet and the sub-packet including the second encoding block, so that in the CRC check In the case of failure, the MAC layer can accurately extract the encoded block and submit it to the upper layer.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic diagram of a data processing method 2000 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 20, the method includes the following steps:
  • a terminal device generates a second data packet.
  • the terminal device generates a second data packet, wherein the second data packet includes a check code, and the check code is generated at the MAC layer according to the sub-data packet including the second coding block, and the check code is the same as that including the first code block.
  • the sub-data packets of the two coding blocks are in one-to-one correspondence, and the check code is used to determine whether the sub-data packets including the second coding block are correctly received.
  • the terminal device may generate a CRC according to each sub-data packet in the second data packet (may be regarded as a MAC PDU), and add the CRC to the back of the sub-data packet.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic diagram of a second data packet for generating a CRC according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 21 , the first sub-data block is used to indicate the position of the MAC sub-PDU including the second coding block in the second data packet, and the second coding block is a network coding block. The terminal device generates a CRC for each MAC sub-PDU containing the second coding block, and adds it to the back of the MAC sub-PDU.
  • a CRC is generated, and a CRC is optionally generated and added to the back of each MAC sub-PDU.
  • the MAC layer may submit the MAC SDU of the MAC sub-PDU whose CRC has passed the verification to the RLC layer. Meanwhile, in this scheme, the CRC can also be placed in front of each MAC sub-PDU.
  • FIG. 22 is another schematic diagram of generating a second data packet of a CRC according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device can put together all the MAC subheaders in the second data packet (which can be regarded as a MAC PDU) as a MAC header, add a CRC to the MAC header at the top of the MAC PDU, and add a CRC to each MAC header.
  • a CRC is added to the MAC SDU containing the second coding block, and further, a CRC may be added to each MAC SDU.
  • the first sub-data block is used to indicate the position of the MAC sub-PDU including the second encoding block in the second data packet, and the second encoding block is a network encoding block. Therefore, the MAC layer can first verify that the CRC of the MAC header and the MAC CE are correct, and then perform the CRC check on the MAC SDU. After the network device receives the second data packet, the MAC layer submits the MAC SDU corresponding to the MAC header verified by the CRC to the RLC layer.
  • step of adding CRC generation and other functions of network coding may be at the same protocol layer or at different layers.
  • the above scenario applies to the following possible scenarios:
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture suitable for this embodiment.
  • the network architectures of Scheme 6 and Scheme 7 can be any of the following two:
  • the new layer of the NC layer between PDCP and RLC is in the centralized unit user plane (CU-UP) logical entity;
  • NC layer is in the distribution unit (DU) logical entity.
  • the terminal device sends the second data packet to the network device, and correspondingly, the network device receives the second data packet from the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may send a second data packet to the network device, where the second data packet includes a check code, the check code is generated by the terminal device at the MAC layer according to the sub-data packet containing the second coding block, and the check code is the same as the The sub-data packets including the second coding block are in one-to-one correspondence, and the check code is used to determine whether the sub-data packets including the second coding block are received correctly.
  • the sub-data packet containing the second coding block that has passed the CRC check can be sent to the upper layer , so that when the CRC check fails, the correct sub-packet containing the second coding block can be delivered to the upper layer for decoding, and the fault tolerance and decoding functions are decoupled, which helps to obtain the gain of network coding and enables the upper layer.
  • the network coding function works fine.
  • FIG. 24 is a schematic diagram of a data processing method 2400 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 24, the method includes the following steps:
  • the network device generates a second data packet.
  • the network device generates a second data packet, wherein the second data packet includes a check code, the check code is generated at the MAC layer according to the sub-data packet containing the second coding block, and the check code is the same as that containing the first code block.
  • the sub-data packets of the two coding blocks are in one-to-one correspondence, and the check code is used to determine whether the sub-data packets including the second coding block are correctly received.
  • the network device sends the second data packet to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the second data packet from the network device.
  • the network device may send a second data packet to the terminal device, where the second data packet includes a check code, the check code is generated by the network device at the MAC layer according to the sub-data packet containing the second coding block, and the check code is the same as
  • the sub-data packets including the second coding block are in one-to-one correspondence, and the check code is used to determine whether the sub-data packets including the second coding block are received correctly.
  • the sub-data packet containing the second coding block that has passed the CRC check can be sent to the upper layer , so that when the CRC check fails, the correct sub-packet containing the second coding block can be delivered to the upper layer for decoding, and the fault tolerance and decoding functions are decoupled, which helps to obtain the gain of network coding and enables the upper layer.
  • the network coding function works fine.
  • FIG. 28 is a schematic diagram of a data processing method 2800 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 28, the method includes the following steps:
  • the network device determines the number of first coding blocks.
  • the network device may determine the number of coding blocks in the first coding block according to the size of the resource to be scheduled, the size of the coding block, and the ratio of the to-be-coded block to the coding block, so that only one coding block group is generated for one transmission.
  • the network device sends seventh indication information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the seventh indication information from the network device.
  • the network device may send seventh indication information to the terminal device, where the seventh indication information instructs the terminal device to schedule an uplink grant.
  • the network device may send seventh indication information for scheduling uplink grants to the terminal device, and at the same time, the seventh indication information may indicate at least two of the following network coding parameters: N, each coding block in the first coding block The bit size of , and the ratio of N to M.
  • N is the number of blocks to be coded in a group of blocks to be coded
  • M is the number of coded blocks in the first coding block
  • the first coding block is a coding block obtained by performing network coding on a set of blocks to be coded.
  • a parameter in the network coding parameters indicated by the seventh indication information may also be a network coding parameter predefined by the terminal device or agreed in a protocol, when one parameter in the network coding parameters indicated by the seventh indication information is a network coding parameter pre-defined by the terminal device.
  • the network coding parameters defined or agreed in the protocol, the seventh indication information may only indicate one parameter in the network coding parameters, and the parameter is different from the network coding parameters predefined or agreed by the protocol.
  • the seventh indication information may be carried in the DCI of the network equipment in the scheduling of the terminal equipment uplink network coding transmission, or may be in the MAC CE associated with the path, which is not limited in this application.
  • the DCI may indicate the network coding parameter for the uplink data that can be transmitted by the current DCI scheduling uplink grant.
  • the terminal device generates a second data packet.
  • the MAC layer of the terminal device indicates to the PDCP layer the number of encoding blocks of the first encoding block to be transmitted, and the PDCP layer determines the number of encoding blocks of the first encoding block to be transmitted according to the indication of the MAC layer, and submits it to the MAC layer.
  • the MAC layer multiplexes the coding blocks in the first coding block together to generate a second data packet, that is, a MAC PDU.
  • the terminal device sends the second data packet to the network device, and correspondingly, the network device receives the second data packet from the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may send the second data packet to the network device.
  • the network device decodes the second data packet.
  • the network device After receiving the second data packet, the network device performs decoding according to the coding parameter indicated by the PDCCH.
  • the network device can parse the MAC PDU (second data packet) to obtain the MAC sub-PDU, and submit the MAC sub-PDU that has passed the CRC check to the RLC layer, and the RLC layer submits the PDCP PDU to the PDCP;
  • the coding parameter determines the number of coding blocks Z in the current coding group, and puts the coding blocks less than or equal to Z into the decoding entity for decoding.
  • the network device can perform decoding at the other layer.
  • the network device can indicate the network coding parameters of the coding block, and generate the network coding parameters in real time, thereby avoiding dividing into multiple sets of coding packets and increasing the processing delay of coding and decoding.
  • FIG. 26 is a schematic diagram of a data processing method 2600 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 26, the method includes the following steps:
  • the network device determines the number of first coding blocks.
  • the network device may determine the number of coding blocks in the first coding block according to the size of the next scheduled resource, the size of the coding block, and the ratio of the block to be coded to the coding block, that is, only one coding block group is generated for one transmission. .
  • the network device sends the eighth indication information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the seventh indication information from the network device.
  • the network device may send eighth indication information to the terminal device, where the first indication information indicates a network coding parameter.
  • the network device may send eighth indication information to the terminal device, where the eighth indication information may indicate at least two of the following network coding parameters: N, the bit size of each coding block in the first coding block, and The ratio of N to M.
  • N is the number of blocks to be coded in a group of blocks to be coded
  • M is the number of coded blocks in the first coding block
  • the first coding block is a coding block obtained by performing network coding on a set of blocks to be coded.
  • the eighth indication information may be carried in the DCI of the network device in the downlink network coding transmission of the scheduling terminal device, or may be in the MAC CE associated with the path, which is not limited in this application.
  • the DCI may indicate the network coding parameter used for the downlink data of the current DCI scheduled transmission.
  • the network device generates a second data packet.
  • the MAC layer of the network device indicates to the PDCP layer the number of encoding blocks of the first encoding block to be transmitted, and the PDCP layer determines the number of encoding blocks of the first encoding block to be transmitted according to the indication of the MAC layer, and submits it to the MAC layer.
  • the MAC layer multiplexes the coding blocks in the first coding block together to generate a second data packet, that is, a MAC PDU.
  • the network device sends the second data packet to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the second data packet from the network device.
  • the network device may send the second data packet to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device decodes the second data packet.
  • the terminal device After receiving the second data packet, the terminal device performs decoding according to the coding parameter indicated by the PDCCH.
  • the terminal device can parse the MAC PDU (second data packet) to obtain the MAC sub-PDU, and submit the MAC sub-PDU that has passed the CRC check to the RLC layer, and the RLC layer submits the PDCP PDU to the PDCP; the PDCP layer of the terminal device is based on The coding parameter determines the number of coding blocks Z in the current coding group, and puts the coding blocks less than or equal to Z into the decoding entity for decoding.
  • the coding parameter determines the number of coding blocks Z in the current coding group, and puts the coding blocks less than or equal to Z into the decoding entity for decoding.
  • the RLC layer or the new protocol layer receives the packet submitted by the lower layer, and the terminal device performs decoding in the other layer.
  • the network device can indicate the network coding parameters of the coding block, and generate the network coding parameters in real time, thereby avoiding dividing into multiple sets of coding packets and increasing the processing delay of coding and decoding.
  • FIG. 27 is a schematic diagram of a data processing method 2700 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 27, the method includes the following steps:
  • the network device sends third indication information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the third indication information from the network device.
  • the network device may send third indication information to the terminal device, where the third indication information may instruct the terminal device to activate or deactivate the first channel.
  • the third indication information may instruct the terminal device to convert a certain wireless bearer from a non-network coding operation to a network coding operation, or from a network coding operation to a non-network coding operation, that is, , instructs the terminal device to activate or deactivate the network coding function for a certain radio bearer.
  • FIG. 28 is a schematic diagram of third indication information provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 28, the fourth field indicates a specific radio bearer. For example, the fourth field has a total of 8 bits. The position of one bit corresponds to the identifier of a data radio bearer configured with the network coding function.
  • the value of the bit is 1 to activate the network coding function of the data radio bearer corresponding to this bit position.
  • a value of 0 indicates that the network coding function of the data radio bearer corresponding to this bit position is deactivated.
  • Bits 0 to 8 correspond to the ascending order (or descending order) of the size of the data radio bearer identifiers configured with the network coding function.
  • the radio bearer when the first channel is a logical channel, the radio bearer can be replaced with a logical channel, and the position of one bit can correspond to a group of logical channels identified by a data radio bearer configured with a network coding function.
  • the first indication information may carry an identifier of a radio bearer and indication information of activating or deactivating network coding in a group of logical channels of the radio bearer.
  • the network device may send the third indication information in the form of sending physical layer, PDCP layer control signaling, and MAC CE signaling, which is not limited in this application.
  • the terminal device activates the network coding function of the first channel.
  • the terminal device may activate the network coding function of the first channel.
  • the terminal device can activate or deactivate the network coding function of the designated first channel according to the first indication information, that is, enable or stop using the data generation band network coding for the first channel. format encoding package.
  • the terminal device generates a second data packet.
  • the terminal device may generate a first data packet, and perform at least one processing on the first data packet to generate a second data packet.
  • the first data packet includes fifth indication information, and the fifth indication information indicates that the first data packet includes a second encoding block, and the second encoding block is a network encoding block.
  • the terminal device When the terminal device receives the third indication information from the MAC CE signaling, there may be retransmission on the air interface, and the network device and the terminal device have an ambiguous period for the effective time of the command. For example, the terminal device receives the deactivation signaling from the physical layer signaling, and the network coding packet that the terminal device may have generated is being sent or waiting to be sent over the air interface. Therefore, the network device does not know which packet received is a network encoded packet. However, the formats of the network coding package and the non-network coding package are different, and errors may occur if the non-network coding package is put into the network coding functional entity for decoding. Therefore, if the network coding function is at the PDCP layer, a field in the header of the PDCP PDU of the terminal device is required to indicate whether the PDCP SDU is a network coding packet, that is, including the second coding block.
  • the terminal device may generate a first data packet (that is, a PDCP PDU), and indicate whether a certain PDCP SDU is a network coding packet through a field in the PDCP PDU.
  • a first data packet that is, a PDCP PDU
  • FIG. 29 is a schematic diagram of the first data packet provided by this embodiment of the present application.
  • whether the PDCP SDU is a network coding packet can be represented by a 1-bit field in the PDCP header. For example, when the value of this bit is 1, it means that the PDCP SDU is a network coding packet (that is, including the second coding block); when the value of this bit is 0, it means that the PDCP SDU is a non-network coding packet ( That is, the second coding block is not included).
  • FIG. 30 is another schematic diagram of the first data packet provided by this embodiment of the present application.
  • whether the SDAP SDU is a network coding packet can be represented by a 1-bit field in the NC header. For example, when the value of this bit is 1, it means that the SDAP SDU is a network coding packet (that is, including the second coding block); when the value of this bit is 0, it means that the SDAP SDU is a non-network coding packet ( That is, the second coding block is not included).
  • the terminal device when a QoS flow of a service is mapped to a radio bearer, the terminal device performs network coding on a part of important service data, and the terminal device may not perform network coding on another part of unimportant service data. That is to say, a PDCP entity on the terminal device side may generate network coding packets and non-network coding packets, and a PDCP entity on the network device side may also receive network coding packets and non-network coding packets. Therefore, the PDCP PDU also needs a field to indicate whether the packet is a network encoded packet.
  • the terminal device sends the second data packet to the network device, and correspondingly, the network device receives the second data packet from the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may send the second data packet to the network device.
  • the first data packet when the network coding function is activated to generate a network coding packet, the first data packet includes a network coding packet (ie, the second coding block); when the network coding function is deactivated to generate a non-network coding packet , the first data packet does not include the network coding packet (ie, the second coding block), which can improve the problem that the effective time of turning off or turning on the network coding function has an ambiguous period, which causes the problem that the data packet cannot be parsed in an accurate format.
  • FIG. 31 is a schematic diagram of a data processing method 3100 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 31, the method includes the following steps:
  • the terminal device sends the network coding capability information to the network device, and correspondingly, the network device receives the network coding capability information from the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may send network coding capability information to the network device, where the network coding capability information indicates the capability of the terminal device to support network coding.
  • the network device sends configuration information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the configuration information from the network device.
  • the network device may send configuration information to the terminal device, where the configuration information includes at least one set of network coding parameters for the terminal device to perform network coding.
  • the network device sends the first indication information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the first indication information from the network device.
  • the network device may send first indication information to the terminal device, where the first indication information indicates a network coding parameter for coding a group of blocks to be coded.
  • the network device sends the second indication information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the second indication information from the network device.
  • the network device may send second indication information to the terminal device, where the second indication information indicates a set of network coding parameters in the at least one set of network coding parameters included in the configuration information, which is used to encode a set of network coding parameters corresponding to the first channel. to encode.
  • the network device sends third indication information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the third indication information from the network device.
  • the network device may send third indication information to the terminal device, and the third indication information activates the encoding of a group of blocks to be encoded corresponding to the first channel.
  • the network device sends fourth indication information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the fourth indication information from the network device.
  • the network device may send fourth indication information to the terminal device, where the fourth indication information indicates the uplink grant, and whether the uplink grant is used to send the second coding block.
  • the terminal device sends activation feedback information to the network device, and correspondingly, the network device receives the activation feedback information from the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may send activation feedback information to the network device, where the activation feedback information is used to notify the network device that the first channel of the terminal device uses the network coding function. Further, the terminal device can send the activation feedback information to the network device by means of MAC CE signaling.
  • the activation feedback information may include at least one of the identification information of the first channel or the index number of the first channel.
  • the identification information of the first channel may be the identification information of the logical channel or the identification information of the radio bearer; the index number of the first channel may be the index number of the first channel listed in S701.
  • the activation feedback information may carry a set of bits, one bit position corresponds to a first channel, and a bit value of 1 indicates that the first channel is confirmed to be activated. Therefore, one activation feedback message can confirm the activation of multiple first channels, saving signaling overhead.
  • the terminal device generates a first data packet.
  • the terminal device may generate a first data packet, the first data packet includes fifth indication information, and the fifth indication information indicates that the first data packet includes the second encoding block.
  • the terminal device generates a second data packet.
  • the terminal device may generate the second data packet.
  • the terminal device sends sixth indication information to the network device, and correspondingly, the network device receives the sixth indication information from the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may send sixth indication information to the network device, where the sixth indication information indicates the position of the sub-data packet containing the second coding block in the second data packet.
  • the terminal device sends the second data packet to the network device, and correspondingly, the network device receives the second data packet from the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may send the second data packet to the network device.
  • the terminal device encodes a group of blocks to be encoded by receiving the configuration information and the first indication information or the second indication information sent by the network device.
  • Dynamically adjust network coding parameters the network device can first determine some network coding parameters, and then determine another part of the network coding parameters, so that the network coding parameters can be dynamically adjusted in real time according to factors such as traffic fluctuations or channel conditions, so as to obtain resource overhead and reliable network coding.
  • the network device can also determine a set of network coding parameters among multiple sets of network coding parameters for network coding, and can dynamically indicate the network coding parameters to obtain resource overhead and network coding reliability. , and the balance between processing delays;
  • the first data packet contains the second coding packet; when deactivating the network coding function to generate a non-network coding packet, the first data packet does not contain the first data packet.
  • Two encoding packets can improve the problem that the effective time of closing or opening the network encoding function has an ambiguous period, which leads to the problem that the data packets cannot be parsed in an accurate format;
  • the network device can indicate the network coding parameters of the coding block, and generate the network coding parameters in real time, thereby avoiding dividing into multiple groups of coding packets and increasing the processing delay of coding and decoding;
  • the network device can determine the position of the sub-packet including the second encoding block in the second data packet through the offset of the first sub-packet and the sub-packet including the second encoding block, so that in the CRC check If the verification fails, the MAC layer can accurately extract the coding block, submit it to the upper layer, and enable the network coding function;
  • the sub-data packet containing the second coding block that has passed the CRC check can be sent to the upper layer, So that in the case of CRC check failure, the correct sub-packet containing the second coding block can be delivered to the upper layer for decoding, and the fault tolerance and decoding functions can be decoupled, which helps to obtain the gain of network coding and enables the upper layer.
  • the network coding function works fine.
  • FIG. 32 is a schematic diagram of a data processing method 3200 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 32, the method includes the following steps:
  • the terminal device sends the network coding capability information to the network device, and correspondingly, the network device receives the network coding capability information from the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may send network coding capability information to the network device, where the network coding information indicates the capability of the terminal device to support network coding.
  • the network device sends configuration information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the configuration information from the network device.
  • the network device may send configuration information to the terminal device, where the configuration information is used for the terminal device to perform network coding.
  • the network device sends the first indication information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the first indication information from the network device.
  • the network device may send first indication information to the terminal device, where the first indication information indicates to encode a group of blocks to be encoded.
  • the network device sends the second indication information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the second indication information from the network device.
  • the network device may send second indication information to the terminal device, where the second indication information indicates to encode a group to be encoded corresponding to the first channel.
  • the terminal device sends activation feedback information to the network device, and correspondingly, the network device receives the activation feedback information from the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may send activation feedback information to the network device, where the activation feedback information is used to notify the network device that the first channel of the terminal device uses the network coding function. Further, the terminal device can send the activation feedback information to the network device by means of MAC CE signaling.
  • the network device generates a first data packet.
  • the terminal device may generate a first data packet, the first data packet includes fifth indication information, and the fifth indication information indicates that the first data packet includes the second encoding block.
  • the network device generates a second data packet.
  • the network device may generate the second data packet.
  • the network device sends sixth indication information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the sixth indication information from the network device.
  • the network device may send sixth indication information to the terminal device, where the sixth indication information indicates the position of the sub-data packet including the second coding block in the second data packet.
  • the sixth indication information may be carried in the DCI information, and the network device may send the sixth indication information to the terminal device by sending the DCI information.
  • the network device sends the second data packet to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the second data packet from the network device.
  • the network device may send the second data packet to the terminal device.
  • the network device can dynamically adjust the network coding parameters according to channel conditions, traffic fluctuations and other factors. Among them, the network device can first determine some network coding parameters, and then determine another part of the network coding parameters, so that the network coding parameters can be dynamically adjusted in real time according to factors such as traffic fluctuations or channel conditions, so as to obtain resource overhead and reliable network coding. The network device can also determine a set of network coding parameters among multiple sets of network coding parameters for network coding, and can dynamically indicate the network coding parameters to obtain resource overhead and network coding reliability. , and the balance between processing delays;
  • the network device can indicate the network coding parameters of the coding block, and generate the network coding parameters in real time, thereby avoiding dividing into multiple groups of coding packets and increasing the processing delay of coding and decoding;
  • the terminal device can determine the position of the sub-packet including the second encoding block in the second data packet through the offset of the first sub-packet and the sub-packet including the second encoding block, so that in the CRC check If the verification fails, the MAC layer can accurately extract the coding block, submit it to the upper layer, and enable the network coding function;
  • the sub-data packet containing the second coding block that has passed the CRC check can be sent to the upper layer, So that in the case of CRC check failure, the correct sub-packet containing the second coding block can be delivered to the upper layer for decoding, and the fault tolerance and decoding functions can be decoupled, which helps to obtain the gain of network coding and enables the upper layer.
  • the network coding function works fine.
  • the methods and operations implemented by the terminal device can also be implemented by components (such as chips or circuits) that can be used in the terminal device, and the methods and operations implemented by the network device can also be implemented by A component (eg, chip or circuit) implementation that can be used in a network device.
  • components such as chips or circuits
  • a component eg, chip or circuit
  • each network element such as a transmitter device or a receiver device
  • each network element includes hardware structures and/or software modules corresponding to performing each function in order to implement the above functions.
  • Those skilled in the art should realize that the present application can be implemented in hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software with the units and algorithm steps of each example described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein. Whether a function is performed by hardware or computer software driving hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality using different methods for each particular application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
  • the transmitting-end device or the receiving-end device may be divided into functional modules according to the foregoing method examples.
  • each functional module may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one processing module. middle.
  • the above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware, and can also be implemented in the form of software function modules. It should be noted that, the division of modules in the embodiments of the present application is schematic, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division manners in actual implementation. The following description will be given by taking as an example that each function module is divided corresponding to each function.
  • FIG. 33 is a schematic block diagram of a communication apparatus 3300 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 3300 includes a transceiver unit 3310 and a processing unit 3320 .
  • the transceiver unit 3310 can implement corresponding communication functions, and the processing unit 3310 is used for data processing.
  • Transceiver unit 3310 may also be referred to as a communication interface or a communication unit.
  • the communication apparatus 3300 may further include a storage unit, which may be used to store instructions and/or data, and the processing unit 3320 may read the instructions and/or data in the storage unit, so that the communication apparatus implements the foregoing method Example.
  • a storage unit which may be used to store instructions and/or data
  • the processing unit 3320 may read the instructions and/or data in the storage unit, so that the communication apparatus implements the foregoing method Example.
  • the communication apparatus 3300 can be used to perform the actions performed by the terminal device in the above method embodiments.
  • the communication apparatus 3300 can be a terminal device or a component that can be configured in the terminal device, and the transceiver unit 3310 is used to perform the above method.
  • the processing unit 3320 is configured to perform the operations related to the processing on the side of the terminal device in the above method embodiments.
  • the transceiver unit 3310 is used to receive configuration information, where the configuration information includes at least one set of network coding parameters; the processing unit 3320 is used to receive configuration information. Encode a group of blocks to be encoded; the transceiver unit 3310 is also used for sending the second encoded block.
  • the communication apparatus 3300 is configured to execute the actions performed by the terminal device in the embodiments shown in FIG. 8 , FIG. 9 , FIG. 14 , FIG. 15 , FIG. 19 , FIG. 20 , FIGS.
  • transceiver unit 3310 and processing unit 3320 you can directly refer to method 700 in FIG. 7 to method 900 in FIG. 9 , method 1400 in FIG. 14 , method 1500 in FIG. 15 , and method 1900 in FIG. 20, the method 2000 in FIG. 20, the method 2400 in FIG. 24 to the method 2700 in FIG. 27, the method 3100 in FIG. 31 and the method 3200 in FIG.
  • the communication apparatus 3300 may be used to perform the actions performed by the network equipment in the above method embodiments.
  • the communication apparatus 3300 may be a network equipment or a component configurable in the network equipment.
  • the transceiver unit 3310 The processing unit 3320 is configured to perform the operations related to the sending and receiving on the network device side in the above method embodiments, and the processing unit 3320 is configured to perform the operations related to the processing on the network device side in the above method embodiments.
  • the transceiver unit 3310 is used to send configuration information, where the configuration information includes at least one set of network coded parameters; the transceiver unit 3310 also for receiving the second encoded block.
  • the communication apparatus 3300 is configured to execute the network devices in the embodiments shown in FIGS. 8 , 9 , 14 , 15 , 19 , 20 , 24 to 27 , 31 and 32 above. action.
  • transceiver unit 3310 and processing unit 3320 you can directly refer to method 700 in FIG. 7 to method 900 in FIG. 9 , method 1400 in FIG. 14 , method 1500 in FIG. 15 , and method 1900 in FIG. 20, the method 2000 in FIG. 20, the method 2400 in FIG. 24 to the method 2700 in FIG. 27, the method 3100 in FIG. 31 and the method 3200 in FIG.
  • the processing unit 3320 in the above embodiments may be implemented by at least one processor or processor-related circuits.
  • the transceiver unit 3310 may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit.
  • Transceiver unit 3310 may also be referred to as a communication unit or a communication interface.
  • the storage unit may be implemented by at least one memory.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a communication apparatus 3400 .
  • the communication device 3400 includes a processor 3410 coupled with a memory 3420, the memory 3420 is used for storing computer programs or instructions and/or data, the processor 3410 is used for executing the computer programs or instructions and/or data stored in the memory 3420, The methods in the above method embodiments are caused to be executed.
  • the communication apparatus 3400 includes one or more processors 3410 .
  • the communication apparatus 3400 may further include a memory 3420 .
  • the communication device 3400 may include one or more memories 3420 .
  • the memory 3420 may be integrated with the processor 3410, or provided separately.
  • the communication apparatus 3400 may further include a transceiver 3430, and the transceiver 3430 is used for signal reception and/or transmission.
  • the processor 3410 is used to control the transceiver 3430 to receive and/or transmit signals.
  • the communication apparatus 3400 is configured to implement the operations performed by the terminal device in the above method embodiments.
  • the processor 3410 is configured to implement the processing-related operations performed by the terminal device in the above method embodiments
  • the transceiver 3430 is configured to implement the transceiving-related operations performed by the terminal device in the above method embodiments.
  • the communication apparatus 3400 is configured to implement the operations performed by the network device in the above method embodiments.
  • the processor 3410 is configured to implement the processing-related operations performed by the network device in the above method embodiments
  • the transceiver 3430 is configured to implement the transceiving-related operations performed by the network device in the above method embodiments.
  • This embodiment of the present application further provides a communication apparatus 3500, where the communication apparatus 3500 may be a terminal device or a chip.
  • the communication apparatus 3500 may be used to perform the operations performed by the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • FIG. 35 shows a schematic structural diagram of a simplified terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device includes a processor, a memory, a radio frequency circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device.
  • the processor is mainly used to process communication protocols and communication data, control terminal equipment, execute software programs, and process data of software programs.
  • the memory is mainly used to store software programs and data.
  • the radio frequency circuit is mainly used for the conversion of the baseband signal and the radio frequency signal and the processing of the radio frequency signal.
  • Antennas are mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves.
  • Input and output devices such as touch screens, display screens, and keyboards, are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users. It should be noted that some types of terminal equipment may not have input and output devices.
  • the processor When data needs to be sent, the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit.
  • the radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal and sends the radio frequency signal through the antenna in the form of electromagnetic waves.
  • the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor, which converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data.
  • the memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or a storage device or the like.
  • the memory may be set independently of the processor, or may be integrated with the processor, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the antenna and the radio frequency circuit with a transceiver function may be regarded as a transceiver unit of the terminal device, and the processor with a processing function may be regarded as a processing unit of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device includes a transceiver unit 3510 and a processing unit 3520 .
  • the transceiver unit 3510 may also be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, a transceiver, or the like.
  • the processing unit 3520 may also be referred to as a processor, a processing board, a processing module, a processing device, and the like.
  • the device for implementing the receiving function in the transceiver unit 3510 may be regarded as a receiving unit, and the device for implementing the sending function in the transceiver unit 3510 may be regarded as a transmitting unit, that is, the transceiver unit 3510 includes a receiving unit and a transmitting unit.
  • the transceiver unit may also sometimes be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, or a transceiver circuit.
  • the receiving unit may also sometimes be referred to as a receiver, receiver, or receiving circuit, or the like.
  • the transmitting unit may also sometimes be referred to as a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit, or the like.
  • the processing unit 3520 is used to execute the processing actions on the terminal device side in FIGS. 7 to 9 , 14 , 15 , 19 , 20 , 24 to 27 , 31 and 32 ; the transceiver unit 3510 is used to Execute the sending and receiving operations on the terminal device side shown in FIGS.
  • FIG. 35 is only an example and not a limitation, and the above-mentioned terminal device including a transceiver unit and a processing unit may not depend on the structure shown in FIG. 35 .
  • the chip When the communication device 3500 is a chip, the chip includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit.
  • the transceiver unit may be an input/output circuit or a communication interface;
  • the processing unit may be a processor or microprocessor or integrated circuit integrated on the chip.
  • This embodiment of the present application further provides a communication apparatus 3600, where the communication apparatus 3600 may be a network device or a chip.
  • the communication apparatus 3600 may be used to perform the operations performed by the network device in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • FIG. 36 shows a schematic structural diagram of a simplified base station provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the base station includes part 3610 and part 3620.
  • the 3610 part is mainly used for transmitting and receiving radio frequency signals and the conversion of radio frequency signals and baseband signals; the 3620 part is mainly used for baseband processing and controlling the base station.
  • the 3610 part can generally be referred to as a transceiver unit, a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a transceiver.
  • the 3620 part is usually the control center of the base station, which can usually be called a processing unit, and is used to control the base station to perform the processing operations on the network device side in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the transceiver unit of the 3610 part which can also be called a transceiver or a transceiver, etc., includes an antenna and a radio frequency circuit, where the radio frequency circuit is mainly used for radio frequency processing.
  • the device used for implementing the receiving function in part 3610 may be regarded as a receiving unit
  • the device used for implementing the sending function may be regarded as a sending unit, that is, part 3610 includes a receiving unit and a sending unit.
  • the receiving unit may also be referred to as a receiver, a receiver, or a receiving circuit, and the like
  • the transmitting unit may be referred to as a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit, and the like.
  • the 3620 portion may include one or more single boards, each of which may include one or more processors and one or more memories.
  • the processor is used to read and execute the program in the memory to realize the baseband processing function and control the base station. If there are multiple boards, each board can be interconnected to enhance the processing capability.
  • one or more processors may be shared by multiple boards, or one or more memories may be shared by multiple boards, or one or more processors may be shared by multiple boards at the same time. device.
  • the transceiver unit in part 3610 is used to perform the transceiver performed by the network device in the embodiments shown in FIGS. Relevant steps; part 3620 is used to execute the steps related to the processing performed by the network device in the embodiments shown in FIGS. 8 , 14 , 19 , 24 to 27 , and 32 .
  • FIG. 36 is only an example and not a limitation, and the above-mentioned network device including a transceiver unit and a processing unit may not depend on the structure shown in FIG. 36 .
  • the chip When the communication device 3600 is a chip, the chip includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit.
  • the transceiver unit may be an input/output circuit or a communication interface;
  • the processing unit may be a processor, a microprocessor or an integrated circuit integrated on the chip.
  • Embodiments of the present application further provide a computer-readable storage medium, on which computer instructions for implementing the method executed by the terminal device or the method executed by the network device in the foregoing method embodiments are stored.
  • the computer when the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer can implement the method executed by the terminal device or the method executed by the network device in the above method embodiments.
  • Embodiments of the present application further provide a computer program product including instructions, which, when executed by a computer, cause the computer to implement the method executed by the terminal device or the method executed by the network device in the above method embodiments.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a communication system, where the communication system includes the network device and the terminal device in the above embodiments.
  • the terminal device or the network device may include a hardware layer, an operating system layer running on the hardware layer, and an application layer running on the operating system layer.
  • the hardware layer may include hardware such as a central processing unit (CPU), a memory management unit (MMU), and memory (also called main memory).
  • the operating system of the operating system layer may be any one or more computer operating systems that implement business processing through processes, such as a Linux operating system, a Unix operating system, an Android operating system, an iOS operating system, or a Windows operating system.
  • the application layer may include applications such as browsers, address books, word processing software, and instant messaging software.
  • the embodiments of the present application do not specifically limit the specific structure of the execution body of the methods provided by the embodiments of the present application, as long as the program in which the codes of the methods provided by the embodiments of the present application are recorded can be executed to execute the methods according to the embodiments of the present application.
  • the execution body of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application may be a terminal device or a network device, or a functional module in the terminal device or network device that can call a program and execute the program.
  • aspects or features of the present application may be implemented as methods, apparatus, or articles of manufacture using standard programming and/or engineering techniques.
  • article of manufacture as used herein may encompass a computer program accessible from any computer-readable device, carrier or media.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer, or a data storage device such as a server, data center, etc., which includes one or more available mediums integrated.
  • Useful media may include, but are not limited to, magnetic media or magnetic storage devices (eg, floppy disks, hard disks (eg, removable hard disks), magnetic tapes), optical media (eg, optical disks, compact discs) , CD), digital versatile disc (digital versatile disc, DVD), etc.), smart cards and flash memory devices (for example, erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), card, stick or key drive, etc. ), or semiconductor media (such as solid state disk (SSD), etc., U disk, read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (RAM), etc. that can store programs medium of code.
  • SSD solid state disk
  • Various storage media described herein may represent one or more devices and/or other machine-readable media for storing information.
  • the term "machine-readable medium” may include, but is not limited to, wireless channels and various other media capable of storing, containing, and/or carrying instructions and/or data.
  • processors mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may be a central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), and may also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (digital signal processors, DSP), application-specific integrated circuits ( application specific integrated circuit, ASIC), off-the-shelf programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc.
  • a general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may be any conventional processor or the like.
  • the memory mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may be volatile memory or non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory may be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), electrically programmable Erase programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • Volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM).
  • RAM can be used as an external cache.
  • RAM may include the following forms: static random access memory (SRAM), dynamic random access memory (DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (SDRAM) , double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous link dynamic random access memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) and Direct memory bus random access memory (direct rambus RAM, DR RAM).
  • SRAM static random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • SDRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • SDRAM double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • ESDRAM enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • SLDRAM synchronous link dynamic random access memory
  • Direct memory bus random access memory direct rambus RAM, DR RAM
  • the processor is a general-purpose processor, DSP, ASIC, FPGA or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, or discrete hardware components
  • the memory storage module
  • memory described herein is intended to include, but not be limited to, these and any other suitable types of memory.
  • the disclosed apparatus and method may be implemented in other manners.
  • the apparatus embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the above-mentioned units is only a logical function division.
  • multiple units or components may be combined or may be Integration into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the shown or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, which may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described above as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to implement the solution provided in this application.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one unit, or each unit may exist physically alone, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the computer may be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device.
  • the computer may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device or the like.
  • Computer instructions may be stored on or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website site, computer, server, or data center over a wire (e.g.
  • coaxial cable fiber optic, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (eg, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) to another website site, computer, server, or data center.
  • DSL digital subscriber line
  • wireless eg, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Quality & Reliability (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Probability & Statistics with Applications (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Provided in the present application are a data processing method and apparatus. The data processing method comprises: receiving configuration information, wherein the configuration information comprises first network encoding parameters, and the first network encoding parameters comprise at least one group of network encoding parameters; encoding, according to the first network coding parameters, a group of blocks to be encoded, so as to obtain first encoded blocks, wherein the group of blocks to be encoded comprises N blocks to be encoded, and the first encoded blocks comprise M encoded blocks, with N and M being positive integers; and sending a second encoded block, wherein the second encoded block comprises at least one encoded block in the first encoded blocks. Therefore, a group of blocks to be encoded is encoded by means of receiving configuration information that comprises at least one group of network encoding parameters. During this process, the network encoding parameters can be adjusted according to factors such as channel conditions and service volume fluctuation, so as to achieve a balance between resource overheads, a network encoding reliability, and processing delays.

Description

一种数据处理的方法以及装置Method and device for data processing
本申请要求于2021年04月21日提交中国专利局、申请号为202110432635.9、申请名称为“一种数据处理的方法以及装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application with the application number 202110432635.9 and the application title "A method and apparatus for data processing", which was filed with the China Patent Office on April 21, 2021, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference middle.
技术领域technical field
本申请涉及通信领域,并且,更具体地,涉及一种数据处理的方法以及装置。The present application relates to the field of communications, and, more particularly, to a method and apparatus for data processing.
背景技术Background technique
虚拟现实(Virtual Reality,VR)技术主要是指对视觉和音频场景的渲染以尽可能地模拟现实世界中的视觉和音频对用户的感官刺激,有大带宽、低时延(10ms),以及严格可靠的传输性能的需求。其中,通过引入网络编码功能,可以改善诸如VR技术的传输可靠性的问题。Virtual reality (Virtual Reality, VR) technology mainly refers to the rendering of visual and audio scenes to simulate the visual and audio sensory stimulation of the user in the real world as much as possible, with large bandwidth, low latency (10ms), and strict The need for reliable transmission performance. Among them, by introducing the network coding function, problems such as the transmission reliability of VR technology can be improved.
然而,在网络编码的过程中,无法根据信道条件或业务的数据量等因素的实时变化以优化VR技术的传输可靠性。所以,需要一种数据处理的方法以及装置,从而能够缓解上述问题。However, in the process of network coding, it is impossible to optimize the transmission reliability of VR technology according to the real-time changes of the channel conditions or the data volume of the service. Therefore, there is a need for a data processing method and apparatus, which can alleviate the above problems.
发明内容SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
本申请提供一种数据处理的方法与装置,能够指示终端设备网络编码参数,从而可以根据信道条件或业务量的波动情况,通过动态控制网络编码参数,获得资源开销、网络编码可靠性,以及处理时延之间的平衡。The present application provides a data processing method and device, which can indicate network coding parameters of terminal equipment, so that resource overhead, network coding reliability, and processing can be obtained by dynamically controlling network coding parameters according to channel conditions or fluctuations in traffic volume. balance between delays.
第一方面,提供了一种数据处理的方法,该方法包括:接收配置信息,该配置信息包括第一网络编码参数,该第一网络编码参数包括至少一组网络编码参数;根据该第一网络编码参数,对一组待编码块进行编码,获得第一编码块,该一组待编码块包括N个待编码块,该第一编码块包括M个编码块,N、M为正整数;发送第二编码块,该第二编码块包括该第一编码块的至少一个编码块。In a first aspect, a data processing method is provided, the method comprising: receiving configuration information, the configuration information including a first network coding parameter, the first network coding parameter including at least one set of network coding parameters; according to the first network Encoding parameters, encode a group of blocks to be encoded to obtain a first encoding block, the group of blocks to be encoded includes N blocks to be encoded, the first encoding block includes M encoding blocks, and N and M are positive integers; send A second coding block, the second coding block including at least one coding block of the first coding block.
基于上述方案,通过接收包括至少一组网络编码参数的配置信息,对一组待编码块进行编码,在此过程中,可以根据信道条件、业务量波动等因素调整网络编码参数,从而获取减少资源开销、处理时延,以及网络编码可靠性之间的平衡。Based on the above solution, by receiving configuration information including at least one set of network coding parameters, a set of to-be-coded blocks is coded. In this process, the network coding parameters can be adjusted according to factors such as channel conditions and traffic fluctuations, so as to obtain and reduce resources. A trade-off between overhead, processing latency, and network coding reliability.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该第一网络编码参数中的任一组网络编码参数包括以下至少一种参数:N、该第一编码块中的每一个编码块的比特大小,以及N与M的比值。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, any set of network coding parameters in the first network coding parameters includes at least one of the following parameters: N, each coding block in the first coding block The bit size of , and the ratio of N to M.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该配置信息还包括第一通道的信息,对该第一通道对应的该一组待编码块进行编码。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the configuration information further includes information of the first channel, and the group of blocks to be encoded corresponding to the first channel is encoded.
应理解,在上述方案中,第一通道可以为至少一个无线承载或至少一个逻辑信道。It should be understood that, in the above solution, the first channel may be at least one radio bearer or at least one logical channel.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,当该配置信息包括一组网络编码参数,该方法还包括:接收第一指示信息,该第一指示信息指示第二网络编码参数,该第二网络编码参数用于对该一组待编码块进行编码,该第二网络编码参数包括以下至少一种参数:N、该第一编码块中的每一个编码块的比特大小,以及N与M的比值。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, when the configuration information includes a set of network coding parameters, the method further includes: receiving first indication information, where the first indication information indicates a second network coding parameter, The second network coding parameter is used to encode the set of blocks to be coded, and the second network coding parameter includes at least one of the following parameters: N, the bit size of each coding block in the first coding block, and N ratio to M.
基于上述方案,可以通过配置信息先确定一部分网络编码的参数,再通过第一指示信息确定另一部分网络编码的参数,从而可以实时根据业务量波动或信道条件等因素,动态调整网络编码的参数,获得网络编码的可靠性、资源开销,与处理时延之间的平衡。Based on the above solution, the parameters of a part of the network coding can be determined first through the configuration information, and then the parameters of another part of the network coding can be determined through the first indication information, so that the parameters of the network coding can be dynamically adjusted in real time according to factors such as traffic fluctuations or channel conditions, etc. Obtain a balance between network coding reliability, resource overhead, and processing delay.
应理解,在上述方案中,第二网络编码参数与第一网络编码参数所包含的网络编码的参数不同。It should be understood that, in the above solution, the second network coding parameter is different from the network coding parameter included in the first network coding parameter.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,接收第一指示信息,该第一指示信息指示对该第一通道对应的该一组待编码块进行编码。在一种可能的实现方式中,第一指示信息可以为无线资源控制(Radio resource control,RRC)信令。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, first indication information is received, where the first indication information indicates to encode the group of blocks to be encoded corresponding to the first channel. In a possible implementation manner, the first indication information may be radio resource control (Radio resource control, RRC) signaling.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,当该配置信息包括至少两组网络编码参数,该方法还包括:接收第二指示信息,该第二指示信息指示第二网络编码参数,该第二网络编码参数是该第一网络编码参数的一组网络编码参数,该第二网络编码参数用于对该一组待编码块进行编码。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, when the configuration information includes at least two sets of network coding parameters, the method further includes: receiving second indication information, where the second indication information indicates the second network coding parameters , the second network coding parameter is a set of network coding parameters of the first network coding parameter, and the second network coding parameter is used for coding the set of blocks to be coded.
基于上述方案,当配置信息包括至少两组网络编码参数时,通过第二指示信息指示第二网络编码参数,即,确定配置信息中的一组网络编码参数用于网络编码,从而可以实时根据业务量波动或信道条件等因素,动态调整网络编码的参数,获得网络编码的可靠性、资源开销,与处理时延之间的平衡。Based on the above solution, when the configuration information includes at least two sets of network coding parameters, the second network coding parameters are indicated by the second indication information, that is, a set of network coding parameters in the configuration information is determined to be used for network coding, so that the network coding parameters can be used in real-time according to the service The parameters of network coding can be adjusted dynamically to obtain a balance between reliability, resource overhead, and processing delay of network coding.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,接收第二指示信息,该第二指示信息指示对该第一通道对应的该一组待编码块进行编码。在一种可能的实现方式中,第二指示信息可以为媒体接入控制控制单元(Media access control control element,MAC CE)。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, second indication information is received, where the second indication information indicates to encode the group of blocks to be encoded corresponding to the first channel. In a possible implementation manner, the second indication information may be a media access control control element (Media access control control element, MAC CE).
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,接收第三指示信息,该第三指示信息激活对该第一通道对应的该一组待编码块进行编码。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, third indication information is received, and the third indication information activates encoding of the group of blocks to be encoded corresponding to the first channel.
基于上述方案,可以通过异步方式激活或去激活网络编码功能,动态的开启或关闭网络编码功能,当激活网络编码功能时生成网络编码包,在关闭网络编码功能时生成非网络编码包。Based on the above solution, the network coding function can be activated or deactivated in an asynchronous manner, the network coding function can be dynamically turned on or off, a network coding package is generated when the network coding function is activated, and a non-network coding package is generated when the network coding function is turned off.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,接收第四指示信息,该第四指示信息指示上行授权,以及该上行授权是否用于发送该第二编码块。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, fourth indication information is received, where the fourth indication information indicates an uplink grant and whether the uplink grant is used to send the second coding block.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该发送第二编码块,具体包括:With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the sending of the second coding block specifically includes:
生成第一数据包,该第一数据包包括第五指示信息,该第五指示信息指示该第一数据包包括该第二编码块;对该第一数据包处理,生成第二数据包;发送该第二数据包。generating a first data packet, the first data packet including fifth indication information, the fifth indication information indicating that the first data packet includes the second encoding block; processing the first data packet to generate a second data packet; sending the second data packet.
基于上述方案,通过第五指示信息,在激活网络编码功能生成网络编码包时,第一数据包包括网络编码包;在去激活网络编码功能生成非网络编码包时,第一数据包不包括网络编码包,可以改善关闭或开启网络编码功能的生效时间存在模糊期,从而导致的无法用准确的格式解析数据包的问题。Based on the above solution, through the fifth indication information, when the network coding function is activated to generate the network coding packet, the first data packet includes the network coding packet; when the network coding function is deactivated to generate the non-network coding packet, the first data packet does not include the network coding packet. Encoding packets can improve the problem that the effective time of closing or opening the network encoding function has an ambiguous period, which leads to the problem that the data packets cannot be parsed in an accurate format.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该第二数据包包括至少一个子数据包,该方法还包括:发送第六指示信息,该第六指示信息指示包含该第二编码块的子数据包在 该第二数据包中的位置。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the second data packet includes at least one sub-data packet, and the method further includes: sending sixth indication information, where the sixth indication information indicates that the second code is included The position of the block's subpackets in this second packet.
基于上述方案,通过第六指示信息指示包含该第二编码块的子数据包在第二数据包中的位置,可以使得第二数据包在传输块(Transport block,TB)循环冗余码校验(Cyclic redundancy check,CRC)失败的情况下,媒体接入控制(Media access control,MAC)层也可以准确提取出第二编码块给上层进行解码,有助于获得网络编码的增益。Based on the above solution, the sixth indication information indicates the position of the sub-data packet containing the second coding block in the second data packet, so that the second data packet can be checked in the transport block (Transport block, TB) cyclic redundancy code In the case of (Cyclic redundancy check, CRC) failure, the media access control (Media access control, MAC) layer can also accurately extract the second coding block to the upper layer for decoding, which helps to obtain the gain of network coding.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该第六指示信息指示该第二数据包的第一子数据包与该包括该第二编码块的子数据包的偏移。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the sixth indication information indicates an offset of the first sub-packet of the second data packet and the sub-packet including the second encoding block.
在可能实现的一种方式中,可以通过第一子数据包的头部位置与包括第二编码块的子数据包的头部位置的偏移,确定包括第二编码块的子数据包的位置。In a possible implementation manner, the position of the sub-packet including the second encoding block may be determined by the offset between the header position of the first sub-packet and the header position of the sub-packet including the second encoding block .
在可能实现的另一种方式中,可以通过第一子数据包的尾部位置与包括第二编码块的子数据包的头部位置的偏移,确定包括第二编码块的子数据包的位置。In another possible implementation manner, the position of the sub-packet including the second encoding block may be determined by the offset between the tail position of the first sub-packet and the head position of the sub-packet including the second encoding block .
基于上述方案,可以通过第一子数据包与包括第二编码块的子数据包的偏移,确定包括第二编码块的子数据包的位置,其中,第一子数据包为新增的子数据包,用于指示包括第二编码块的子数据包的位置。Based on the above solution, the position of the sub-packet including the second encoding block can be determined by the offset of the first sub-packet and the sub-packet including the second encoding block, wherein the first sub-packet is a newly added sub-packet A data packet for indicating the location of the sub-data packet including the second encoding block.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该第六指示信息还指示该包括该第二编码块的子数据包的长度。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the sixth indication information further indicates the length of the sub-packet including the second coding block.
基于上述方案,可以通过第六指示信息,确定包括第二编码块的子数据包的长度。Based on the above solution, the length of the sub-packet including the second coding block can be determined through the sixth indication information.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该第一子数据包包括该第六指示信息。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the first sub-data package includes the sixth indication information.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该第六指示信息还用于指示对应该第二编码块的通道的标识信息。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the sixth indication information is further used to indicate identification information of a channel corresponding to the second coding block.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该第二数据包包括校验码,该校验码是在MAC层根据该包含该第二编码块的子数据包生成的,该校验码与该包含该第二编码块的子数据包一一对应,该校验码用于确定该包括该第二编码块的子数据包是否正确接收。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the second data packet includes a check code, and the check code is generated at the MAC layer according to the sub-data packet including the second encoding block, the The check code is in one-to-one correspondence with the sub-data packets including the second encoding block, and the check code is used to determine whether the sub-data packets including the second encoding block are correctly received.
基于上述方案,通过在第二数据包中添加校验包,并与包含第二编码块的子数据包一一对应,可以将CRC校验通过的包含第二编码块的子数据包向上层发送,使得在CRC校验失败的情况下,能够将正确的包含第二编码块的子数据包递交至上层进行解码,将容错和解码功能解耦,有助于获得网络编码的增益,使能上层的网络编码功能正常工作。Based on the above solution, by adding a check packet to the second data packet and corresponding to the sub-data packet containing the second coding block one-to-one, the sub-data packet containing the second coding block that has passed the CRC check can be sent to the upper layer , so that when the CRC check fails, the correct sub-packet containing the second coding block can be delivered to the upper layer for decoding, and the fault tolerance and decoding functions are decoupled, which helps to obtain the gain of network coding and enables the upper layer. The network coding function works fine.
第二方面,提供了一种数据处理的方法,该方法包括:发送配置信息,该配置信息包括第一网络编码参数,该第一网络编码参数包括至少一组网络编码参数;接收第二编码块,该第二编码块包括第一编码块的至少一个编码块,该第一编码块是根据该第一网络编码参数,对一组待编码块进行编码确定的,其中,该一组待编码块包括N个待编码块,该第一编码块包括M个编码块,N、M为正整数。In a second aspect, a data processing method is provided, the method comprising: sending configuration information, where the configuration information includes a first network coding parameter, the first network coding parameter including at least one set of network coding parameters; receiving a second coding block , the second encoding block includes at least one encoding block of the first encoding block, and the first encoding block is determined by encoding a group of blocks to be encoded according to the first network coding parameter, wherein the group of blocks to be encoded It includes N blocks to be coded, the first coding block includes M coding blocks, and N and M are positive integers.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该第一网络编码参数中的任一组网络编码参数包括以下至少一种参数:N、该第一编码块中的每一个编码块的比特大小,以及N与M的比值。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, any set of network coding parameters in the first network coding parameters includes at least one of the following parameters: N, each coding block in the first coding block The bit size of , and the ratio of N to M.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该配置信息还包括第一通道的信息,该第一通道包括至少一个通道。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the configuration information further includes information of a first channel, where the first channel includes at least one channel.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,当该配置信息包括一组网络编码参数,该方法还包括:发送第一指示信息,该第一指示信息指示第二网络编码参数,该第二网络 编码参数用于对该一组待编码块进行编码,该第二网络编码参数包括以下至少一种参数:N、该第一编码块中的每一个编码块的比特大小,以及N与M的比值。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, when the configuration information includes a set of network coding parameters, the method further includes: sending first indication information, where the first indication information indicates the second network coding parameters, The second network coding parameter is used to encode the set of blocks to be coded, and the second network coding parameter includes at least one of the following parameters: N, the bit size of each coding block in the first coding block, and N ratio to M.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,发送第一指示信息,该第一指示信息指示对该第一通道对应的该一组待编码块进行编码。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, first indication information is sent, where the first indication information indicates to encode the group of blocks to be encoded corresponding to the first channel.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,发送第二指示信息,该第二指示信息指示第二网络编码参数,该第二网络编码参数是该第一网络编码参数的一组网络编码参数,该第二网络编码参数用于对该一组待编码块进行编码。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, second indication information is sent, where the second indication information indicates a second network coding parameter, and the second network coding parameter is a group of the first network coding parameter Network coding parameters, where the second network coding parameters are used for coding the set of blocks to be coded.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,发送第二指示信息,该第二指示信息指示对该第一通道对应的该一组待编码块进行编码。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, second indication information is sent, where the second indication information indicates to encode the group of blocks to be encoded corresponding to the first channel.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,发送第三指示信息,该第三指示信息激活对该第一通道对应的该一组待编码块进行编码。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, third indication information is sent, where the third indication information activates the encoding of the group of blocks to be encoded corresponding to the first channel.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,发送第四指示信息,该第四指示信息指示上行授权,以及该上行授权是否用于发送该第二编码块。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, fourth indication information is sent, where the fourth indication information indicates an uplink grant and whether the uplink grant is used to send the second coding block.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该接收第二编码块,具体包括:接收第二数据包,该第二数据包由该第一数据包处理获得,该第一数据包由该第二编码块生成,该第一数据包包括第五指示信息,该第五指示信息指示该第一数据包包括该第二编码块。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementation manners of the second aspect, the receiving the second encoding block specifically includes: receiving a second data packet, where the second data packet is obtained by processing the first data packet, and the first data packet is obtained by processing the first data packet. The packet is generated by the second encoding block, and the first data packet includes fifth indication information indicating that the first data packet includes the second encoding block.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,接收第六指示信息,该第六指示信息指示包含该第二编码块的子数据包在该第二数据包中的位置;根据该第六指示信息,确定该包含该第二编码块的子数据包在该第二数据包中的位置。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, sixth indication information is received, where the sixth indication information indicates the position in the second data packet of the sub-data packet including the second coding block; according to the The sixth indication information is to determine the position of the sub-data package including the second coding block in the second data package.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该第六指示信息指示该第二数据包的第一子数据包与该包括该第二编码块的子数据包的偏移。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the sixth indication information indicates an offset of the first sub-packet of the second data packet and the sub-packet including the second encoding block.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该第六指示信息还指示该包括该第二编码块的子数据包的长度。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the sixth indication information further indicates the length of the sub-packet including the second coding block.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该第一子数据包包括该第六指示信息。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the first sub-data package includes the sixth indication information.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该第六指示信息还用于指示对应该第二编码块的通道的标识信息。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the sixth indication information is further used to indicate identification information of a channel corresponding to the second coding block.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该第二数据包包括校验码,该校验码是在MAC层根据该包括该第二编码块的子数据包生成的,该校验码与该包括该第二编码块的子数据包一一对应,该校验码用于确定该包括该第二编码块的子数据包是否正确接收。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the second data packet includes a check code, and the check code is generated at the MAC layer according to the sub-data packet including the second encoding block, the The check code is in one-to-one correspondence with the sub-data package including the second encoding block, and the check code is used to determine whether the sub-data package including the second encoding block is correctly received.
第三方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括用于实现前述第一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法的功能模块。In a third aspect, a communication apparatus is provided, including functional modules for implementing the method in any possible implementation manner of the foregoing first aspect.
第四方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括用于实现前述第二方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法的功能模块。In a fourth aspect, a communication apparatus is provided, including functional modules for implementing the method in any possible implementation manner of the foregoing second aspect.
第五方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括处理器和接口电路,接口电路用于接收来自该通信装置之外的其它通信装置的信号并传输至该处理器或将来自该处理器的信号发送给该通信装置之外的其它通信装置,该处理器通过逻辑电路或执行代码指令用于实现前述第一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。In a fifth aspect, a communication device is provided, comprising a processor and an interface circuit, the interface circuit is configured to receive signals from other communication devices other than the communication device and transmit to the processor or send signals from the processor For communication devices other than the communication device, the processor is used to implement the method in any possible implementation manner of the foregoing first aspect through logic circuits or executing code instructions.
第六方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括处理器和接口电路,该接口电路用于接收来自该通信装置之外的其它通信装置的信号并传输至该处理器或将来自该处理器的信号发送 给该通信装置之外的其它通信装置,该处理器通过逻辑电路或执行代码指令用于实现前述第二方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。In a sixth aspect, a communication device is provided, comprising a processor and an interface circuit, the interface circuit being configured to receive signals from other communication devices other than the communication device and transmit to the processor or transfer signals from the processor Sent to other communication devices other than the communication device, the processor is used to implement the method in any possible implementation manner of the foregoing second aspect through a logic circuit or executing code instructions.
第七方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机程序或指令,当该计算机程序或指令被执行时,实现前述第一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。In a seventh aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, and a computer program or instruction is stored in the computer-readable storage medium. When the computer program or instruction is executed, any possible implementation manner of the foregoing first aspect is realized. Methods.
第八方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机程序或指令,当该计算机程序或指令被执行时,实现前述第二方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。In an eighth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, and a computer program or instruction is stored in the computer-readable storage medium. When the computer program or instruction is executed, any possible implementation manner of the foregoing second aspect is realized. Methods.
第九方面,提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当该指令被运行时,实现前述第一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。In a ninth aspect, there is provided a computer program product comprising instructions that, when executed, implement the method in any possible implementation manner of the foregoing first aspect.
第十方面,提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当该指令被运行时,实现前述第二方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。In a tenth aspect, there is provided a computer program product comprising instructions which, when executed, implement the method of any possible implementation of the foregoing second aspect.
第十一方面,提供了一种计算机程序,该计算机程序包括代码或指令,当该代码或指令被运行时,实现前述第一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。In an eleventh aspect, a computer program is provided, the computer program comprising codes or instructions which, when executed, implement the method in any possible implementation manner of the foregoing first aspect.
第十二方面,提供了一种计算机程序,该计算机程序包括代码或指令,当该代码或指令被运行时,实现前述第二方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。A twelfth aspect provides a computer program, the computer program comprising codes or instructions that, when executed, implement the method in any possible implementation manner of the foregoing second aspect.
第十三方面,提供一种芯片系统,该芯片系统包括处理器,还可以包括存储器,用于实现前述第一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。该芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。A thirteenth aspect provides a chip system, where the chip system includes a processor, and may further include a memory, for implementing the method in any possible implementation manner of the foregoing first aspect. The chip system can be composed of chips, and can also include chips and other discrete devices.
第十四方面,提供一种芯片系统,该芯片系统包括处理器,还可以包括存储器,用于实现前述第二方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。该芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。A fourteenth aspect provides a chip system, where the chip system includes a processor, and may further include a memory, for implementing the method in any possible implementation manner of the foregoing second aspect. The chip system can be composed of chips, and can also include chips and other discrete devices.
第十五方面,提供一种通信系统,该通信系统包括第三方面或者第四方面所述的装置。A fifteenth aspect provides a communication system, where the communication system includes the apparatus of the third aspect or the fourth aspect.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1是适用于本申请实施例的无线通信系统100的一示意图。FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a wireless communication system 100 suitable for an embodiment of the present application.
图2是适用于本申请实施例的无线通信系统200的一示意图。FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a wireless communication system 200 suitable for an embodiment of the present application.
图3a是本申请实施例提供的终端设备与接入网设备之间的协议层结构示例图。FIG. 3a is an example diagram of a protocol layer structure between a terminal device and an access network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
图3b是本申请实施例提供的一种CU-DU分离架构的示意图。FIG. 3b is a schematic diagram of a CU-DU separation architecture provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图3c是本申请实施例提供的又一种CU-DU分离架构的示意图。FIG. 3c is a schematic diagram of still another CU-DU separation architecture provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图3d是本申请实施例提供的一种协议栈分布示意图。FIG. 3d is a schematic diagram of the distribution of a protocol stack provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图4是适用于本申请实施例的采用网络编码的数据传输的方法400的一流程图。FIG. 4 is a flowchart of a method 400 for data transmission using network coding applicable to the embodiment of the present application.
图5是适用于本申请实施例的网络编码的一流程图。FIG. 5 is a flowchart of network coding applicable to the embodiment of the present application.
图6是适用于本申请实施例的网络编码的一示意图。FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of network coding applicable to the embodiment of the present application.
图7是本申请实施例提供的一种数据处理的方法700的一示意图。FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a data processing method 700 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图8是本申请实施例提供的一种数据处理的方法800的一示意图。FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of a data processing method 800 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图9是本申请实施例提供的一种数据处理的方法900的一示意图。FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a data processing method 900 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图10是本申请实施例提出的第二指示信息的一示意图。FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of second indication information proposed by an embodiment of the present application.
图11是本申请实施例提出的第二指示信息的另一示意图。FIG. 11 is another schematic diagram of the second indication information proposed by an embodiment of the present application.
图12是适用于本申请实施例的网络单连接的一示意图。FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of a single network connection applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
图13是适用于本申请实施例的网络双连接的一示意图。FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of a network dual connection suitable for an embodiment of the present application.
图14是本申请实施例提供的一种数据处理的方法1400的一示意图。FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a data processing method 1400 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图15是本申请实施例提供的一种数据处理的方法1500的一示意图。FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of a data processing method 1500 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图16是本申请实施例提供的第二数据包的一示意图。FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of a second data packet provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图17是本申请实施例提供的第二数据包的另一示意图。FIG. 17 is another schematic diagram of a second data packet provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图18是本申请实施例提供的第二数据包的另一示意图。FIG. 18 is another schematic diagram of a second data packet provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图19是本申请实施例提供的一种数据处理的方法1900的一示意图。FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram of a data processing method 1900 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图20是本申请实施例提供的一种数据处理的方法2000的一示意图。FIG. 20 is a schematic diagram of a data processing method 2000 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图21是本申请实施例提出的生成CRC的第二数据包的一示意图。FIG. 21 is a schematic diagram of a second data packet for generating a CRC according to an embodiment of the present application.
图22是本申请实施例提出的生成CRC的第二数据包的另一示意图。FIG. 22 is another schematic diagram of a second data packet for generating a CRC according to an embodiment of the present application.
图23是适用于本实施例的网络架构2300的一示意图。FIG. 23 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture 2300 suitable for this embodiment.
图24是本申请实施例提供的一种数据处理的方法2400的一示意图。FIG. 24 is a schematic diagram of a data processing method 2400 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图25是本申请实施例提供的一种数据处理的方法2500的一示意图。FIG. 25 is a schematic diagram of a data processing method 2500 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图26是本申请实施例提供的一种数据处理的方法2600的一示意图。FIG. 26 is a schematic diagram of a data processing method 2600 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图27是本申请实施例提供的一种数据处理的方法2700的一示意图。FIG. 27 is a schematic diagram of a data processing method 2700 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图28是本申请实施例提供的第三指示信息的一示意图。FIG. 28 is a schematic diagram of third indication information provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图29是本申请实施例提供的第一数据包的一示意图。FIG. 29 is a schematic diagram of a first data packet provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图30是本申请实施例提供的第一数据包的另一示意图。FIG. 30 is another schematic diagram of a first data packet provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图31是本申请实施例提供的一种数据处理的方法3100的一示意图。FIG. 31 is a schematic diagram of a data processing method 3100 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图32是本申请实施例提供的一种数据处理的方法3200的一示意图。FIG. 32 is a schematic diagram of a data processing method 3200 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图33是本申请实施例提供的通信装置3300的示意性框图。FIG. 33 is a schematic block diagram of a communication apparatus 3300 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图34是本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置3400的结构示意图。FIG. 34 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication apparatus 3400 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图35是适用于本申请实施例的一种简化的终端设备的结构示意图。FIG. 35 is a schematic structural diagram of a simplified terminal device applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
图36是适用于本申请实施例的一种简化的基站结构示意图。FIG. 36 is a schematic structural diagram of a simplified base station applicable to the embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合附图,对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solutions in the present application will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:第五代(5th generation,5G)系统或新无线(new radio,NR)、长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex,TDD)、通用移动通信系统(universal mobile telecommunication system,UMTS)等。以及云端视频源编解码,渲染等,网络传输包括LTE、NR以及第六代系统(6th generation,6G)空口的核心网和接入网,终端头显虚拟现实(Virtual reality,VR)眼镜等设备。The technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, for example, fifth generation (5th generation, 5G) systems or new radio (NR), long term evolution (LTE) systems, LTE frequency Frequency division duplex (FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (TDD), universal mobile telecommunication system (UMTS), etc. And cloud video source codec, rendering, etc., network transmission includes core network and access network of LTE, NR and sixth generation system (6th generation, 6G) air interface, terminal headset virtual reality (Virtual reality, VR) glasses and other equipment .
为便于理解本申请实施例,首先结合图1详细说明适用于本申请实施例的通信系统。To facilitate understanding of the embodiments of the present application, a communication system applicable to the embodiments of the present application is first described in detail with reference to FIG. 1 .
图1是适用于本申请实施例的无线通信系统100的一示意图。如图1所示,该无线通信系统100可以包括至少一个网络设备,例如图1所示的网络设备111,该无线通信系统100还可以包括至少一个终端设备,例如图1所示的终端设备121至终端设备123。网络 设备和终端设备均可配置多个天线,网络设备与终端设备可使用多天线技术通信。FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a wireless communication system 100 suitable for an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 1 , the wireless communication system 100 may include at least one network device, such as the network device 111 shown in FIG. 1 , and the wireless communication system 100 may also include at least one terminal device, such as the terminal device 121 shown in FIG. 1 . to the terminal device 123. Both network equipment and terminal equipment can be configured with multiple antennas, and network equipment and terminal equipment can communicate using multi-antenna technology.
图2是适用于本申请实施例的无线通信系统200的另一示意图。如图2所示,该无线通信系统100可以包括至少一个终端设备,例如图2所示的终端设备211,该无线通信系统100还可以包括至少一个网络设备,例如图2所示的网络设备221至网络设备223。网络设备和终端设备均可配置多个天线,网络设备与终端设备可使用多天线技术通信。FIG. 2 is another schematic diagram of a wireless communication system 200 suitable for an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 2 , the wireless communication system 100 may include at least one terminal device, such as the terminal device 211 shown in FIG. 2 , and the wireless communication system 100 may also include at least one network device, such as the network device 221 shown in FIG. 2 . to network device 223. Both the network device and the terminal device can be configured with multiple antennas, and the network device and the terminal device can communicate using the multi-antenna technology.
应理解,上述图1和图2仅是示例性说明,本申请并未限定于此。It should be understood that the above-mentioned FIG. 1 and FIG. 2 are only exemplary descriptions, and the present application is not limited thereto.
还应理解,该无线通信系统中的网络设备可以是任意一种具有无线收发功能的设备。网络设备与终端设备之间的接口可以为Uu接口(或称为空口)。当然,在未来通信中,这些接口的名称可以不变,或者也可以用其它名称代替,本申请对此不限定。It should also be understood that the network device in the wireless communication system may be any device having a wireless transceiver function. The interface between the network device and the terminal device may be a Uu interface (or called an air interface). Of course, in future communications, the names of these interfaces may remain unchanged, or may be replaced with other names, which are not limited in this application.
网络设备是终端设备通过无线方式接入到移动通信系统中的接入设备,可以是基站、演进型基站(evolved NodeB,eNodeB)、发送接收点(Transmission reception point,TRP)、5G移动通信系统中的下一代基站(next generation NodeB,gNB)、未来移动通信系统中的基站或WiFi系统中的接入节点等。网络设备可以包括集中单元(Centralized unit,CU)、或分布单元(Distributed unit,DU)、或包括CU和DU。A network device is an access device that a terminal device wirelessly accesses into a mobile communication system, which can be a base station, an evolved NodeB (eNodeB), a transmission reception point (TRP), or a 5G mobile communication system. The next generation NodeB (gNB), the base station in the future mobile communication system or the access node in the WiFi system, etc. The network device may include a centralized unit (Centralized unit, CU), or a distributed unit (Distributed unit, DU), or include a CU and a DU.
在本申请实施例中,也可以通过多个网络功能实体来实现网络设备的功能,每个网络功能实体用于实现网络设备的部分功能。这些网络功能实体可以是硬件设备中的网络元件,也可以是在专用硬件上运行软件功能,或者是平台(例如,云平台)上实例化的虚拟化功能。In this embodiment of the present application, the functions of the network device may also be implemented through multiple network function entities, and each network function entity is used to implement part of the functions of the network device. These network function entities can be network elements in hardware devices, software functions running on dedicated hardware, or virtualized functions instantiated on a platform (eg, a cloud platform).
(1)协议层结构(1) Protocol layer structure
网络设备和终端设备之间的通信遵循一定的协议层结构,例如控制面协议层结构可以包括无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)层、分组数据汇聚层协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)层、无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)层、媒体接入控制(media access control,MAC)层和物理层;用户面协议层结构可以包括PDCP层、RLC层、MAC层和物理层,在一种可能的实现中,PDCP层之上还可以包括业务数据适配(service data adaptation protocol,SDAP)层。The communication between the network device and the terminal device follows a certain protocol layer structure. For example, the control plane protocol layer structure may include a radio resource control (RRC) layer, a packet data convergence protocol (packet data convergence protocol, PDCP) layer. , radio link control (radio link control, RLC) layer, media access control (media access control, MAC) layer and physical layer; user plane protocol layer structure may include PDCP layer, RLC layer, MAC layer and physical layer, in In a possible implementation, the PDCP layer may further include a service data adaptation protocol (SDAP) layer.
以接入网设备和终端设备之间的数据传输为例,数据传输需要经过用户面协议层,比如经过SDAP层、PDCP层、RLC层、MAC层、物理层,其中,SDAP层、PDCP层、RLC层、MAC层、物理层也可以统称为接入层。示例性地,接入网设备和终端设备之间通过建立至少一个数据无线承载(data radio bearer,DRB)来传输数据,每个DRB可以对应一组功能实体集合,比如包括一个PDCP层实体,该PDCP层实体对应的至少一个RLC层实体,至少一个RLC层实体对应的至少一个MAC层实体,至少一个MAC层实体对应的至少一个物理层实体。需要说明的是,接入网设备和终端设备之间还可以通过建立至少一个信令无线承载(Signalling radio bearer,SRB)来传输信令,DRB和SRB可以统称为无线承载(radio bearer,RB)。Taking the data transmission between the access network device and the terminal device as an example, the data transmission needs to go through the user plane protocol layer, such as the SDAP layer, PDCP layer, RLC layer, MAC layer, and physical layer, among which SDAP layer, PDCP layer, The RLC layer, the MAC layer, and the physical layer may also be collectively referred to as the access layer. Exemplarily, data is transmitted between the access network device and the terminal device by establishing at least one data radio bearer (DRB), and each DRB may correspond to a set of functional entities, such as including a PDCP layer entity, the At least one RLC layer entity corresponding to the PDCP layer entity, at least one MAC layer entity corresponding to the at least one RLC layer entity, and at least one physical layer entity corresponding to the at least one MAC layer entity. It should be noted that signaling can also be transmitted between the access network device and the terminal device by establishing at least one signaling radio bearer (SRB). DRB and SRB can be collectively referred to as radio bearer (RB) .
以下行数据传输为例,图3a中向下的箭头表示数据发送,向上的箭头表示数据接收。SDAP层实体自上层取得数据后,可以根据数据的服务质量流标识(QoS flow indicator,QFI)将数据映射到相应DRB的PDCP层实体,PDCP层实体可以将数据传送到该PDCP层实体对应的至少一个RLC层实体,进而由至少一个RLC层实体传输到对应的MAC层实体,再由MAC层实体生成传输块,然后通过对应的物理层实体进行无线传输。数据在 各个层中进行相对应的封装,某一层从该层的上层收到的数据视为该层的服务数据单元(Service data unit,SDU),经过层封装后成为协议数据单元(Protocol data unit,PDU),再传递给下一个层。例如PDCP层实体从上层接收到的数据称为PDCP SDU,PDCP层实体发送到下层的数据称为PDCP PDU;RLC层实体从上层接收到的数据称为RLC SDU,RLC层实体发送到下层的数据称为RLC PDU。其中,不同层之间可以通过相应的通道来传输数据,比如RLC层实体与MAC层实体之间可以通过逻辑信道(Logical channel,LCH)来传输数据,MAC层实体与物理层实体之间可以通过传输通道(Transport channel)来传输数据。Take the next line data transmission as an example, the downward arrow in FIG. 3a indicates data transmission, and the upward arrow indicates data reception. After the SDAP layer entity obtains the data from the upper layer, it can map the data to the PDCP layer entity of the corresponding DRB according to the QoS flow indicator (QFI) of the data, and the PDCP layer entity can transmit the data to at least one corresponding to the PDCP layer entity. One RLC layer entity is further transmitted by at least one RLC layer entity to the corresponding MAC layer entity, and then the MAC layer entity generates a transport block, and then performs wireless transmission through the corresponding physical layer entity. The data is encapsulated correspondingly in each layer. The data received by a certain layer from the upper layer of the layer is regarded as the service data unit (SDU) of the layer, and becomes the protocol data unit (Protocol data) after layer encapsulation. unit, PDU), and then passed to the next layer. For example, the data received by the PDCP layer entity from the upper layer is called PDCP SDU, the data sent by the PDCP layer entity to the lower layer is called PDCP PDU; the data received by the RLC layer entity from the upper layer is called RLC SDU, and the data sent by the RLC layer entity to the lower layer Called RLC PDU. Among them, data can be transmitted between different layers through corresponding channels. For example, the RLC layer entity and the MAC layer entity can transmit data through a logical channel (LCH), and between the MAC layer entity and the physical layer entity can be transmitted through the Transport channel (Transport channel) to transmit data.
示例性地,根据图3a还可以看出,终端设备还具有应用层和非接入层;其中,应用层可以用于向终端设备中所安装的应用程序提供服务,比如,终端设备接收到的下行数据可以由物理层依次传输到应用层,进而由应用层提供给应用程序;又比如,应用层可以获取应用程序产生的数据,并将数据依次传输到物理层,发送给其它通信装置。非接入层可以用于转发用户数据,比如将从应用层接收到的上行数据转发给SDAP层或者将从SDAP层接收到的下行数据转发给应用层。Exemplarily, according to Fig. 3a, it can also be seen that the terminal device also has an application layer and a non-access layer; wherein, the application layer can be used to provide services to applications installed in the terminal device, for example, the terminal device receives Downlink data can be sequentially transmitted from the physical layer to the application layer, and then provided by the application layer to the application program; for another example, the application layer can obtain the data generated by the application program, transmit the data to the physical layer in turn, and send it to other communication devices. The non-access layer can be used for forwarding user data, for example, forwarding the uplink data received from the application layer to the SDAP layer or forwarding the downlink data received from the SDAP layer to the application layer.
(2)CU和DU(2) CU and DU
本申请实施例中,网络设备可以包括一个或多个集中单元(Centralized unit,CU)和一个或多个分布单元(Distributed unit,DU),多个DU可以由一个CU集中控制。作为示例,CU和DU之间的接口可以称为F1接口,其中,控制面(Control panel,CP)接口可以为F1-C,用户面(User panel,UP)接口可以为F1-U。CU和DU可以根据无线网络的协议层划分:比如图3b所示,PDCP层及以上协议层的功能设置在CU,PDCP层以下协议层的功能设置在DU,例如,DU可以包括RLC层、MAC层和物理(Physical,PHY)层。In this embodiment of the present application, the network device may include one or more centralized units (Centralized units, CUs) and one or more distributed units (Distributed units, DUs), and multiple DUs may be centrally controlled by one CU. As an example, the interface between the CU and the DU may be referred to as an F1 interface, wherein the control plane (Control panel, CP) interface may be F1-C, and the user plane (User panel, UP) interface may be F1-U. The CU and DU can be divided according to the protocol layers of the wireless network: for example, as shown in Figure 3b, the functions of the PDCP layer and the above protocol layers are set in the CU, and the functions of the protocol layers below the PDCP layer are set in the DU. For example, the DU may include the RLC layer, MAC layer and physical (Physical, PHY) layer.
在一种可能的设计中,DU可以包括RLC层的功能、MAC层的功能,和,PHY层的部分功能。示例性地,DU可以包括PHY层中高层的功能。其中,PHY层中高层的功能可以包括循环冗余校验(Cyclic redundancy check,CRC)功能、信道编码、速率匹配、加扰、调制、和层映射;或者,PHY层中高层的功能可以包括循环冗余校验、信道编码、速率匹配、加扰、调制、层映射和预编码。PHY层中低层的功能可以通过另一个与DU独立的网络实体实现,其中,PHY层中低层的功能可以包括预编码、资源映射、物理天线映射和射频功能;或者,PHY层中低层的功能可以包括资源映射、物理天线映射和射频功能。本申请实施例对PHY层中高层和底层的功能划分不作限制。当PHY层中低层的功能可以以另一个与DU独立的网络实体实现时,DU向其它通信装置(例如终端设备、核心网设备)发送数据或信息,可以理解为:DU执行RLC层、MAC层的功能,和,PHY层的部分功能。例如,DU在完成RLC层、MAC层的功能,以及,循环冗余校验、信道编码、速率匹配、加扰、调制、层映射后,由执行PHY层中低层的功能的与DU独立的网络实体执行剩余的在物理资源上映射和发送的功能。In one possible design, the DU may include functions of the RLC layer, functions of the MAC layer, and part of the functions of the PHY layer. Illustratively, a DU may include functions of higher layers in the PHY layer. The functions of the upper layers in the PHY layer may include cyclic redundancy check (Cyclic redundancy check, CRC) functions, channel coding, rate matching, scrambling, modulation, and layer mapping; or, the functions of the upper layers in the PHY layer may include cyclic redundancy check (CRC) functions. Redundancy checking, channel coding, rate matching, scrambling, modulation, layer mapping and precoding. The functions of the lower layers in the PHY layer may be implemented by another network entity independent of the DU, wherein the functions of the lower layers in the PHY layer may include precoding, resource mapping, physical antenna mapping, and radio frequency functions; or, the functions of the lower layers in the PHY layer may Includes resource mapping, physical antenna mapping, and radio frequency functions. This embodiment of the present application does not limit the function division of the upper layer and the lower layer in the PHY layer. When the functions of the lower layers in the PHY layer can be implemented by another network entity independent of the DU, the DU sends data or information to other communication devices (such as terminal equipment, core network equipment), which can be understood as: the DU executes the RLC layer and the MAC layer. function, and, part of the function of the PHY layer. For example, after the DU completes the functions of the RLC layer and the MAC layer, as well as, cyclic redundancy check, channel coding, rate matching, scrambling, modulation, and layer mapping, the network that performs the functions of the lower layers in the PHY layer is independent from the DU. The entity performs the remaining functions of mapping and sending on physical resources.
可以理解的,上述对CU和DU的处理功能按照协议层的划分仅仅是一些举例,也可以按照其他的方式进行划分,比如RLC层以上协议层的功能设置在CU,RLC层及以下协议层的功能设置在DU,又比如可以将CU或者DU划分为具有更多协议层的功能,又比如CU或DU还可以划分为具有协议层的部分处理功能。在一种设计中,将RLC层的 部分功能和RLC层以上的协议层的功能设置在CU,将RLC层的剩余功能和RLC层以下的协议层的功能设置在DU。在另一种设计中,还可以按照业务类型或者其他系统需求对CU或者DU的功能进行划分,例如按时延划分,将处理时间需要满足时延要求的功能设置在DU,不需要满足该时延要求的功能设置在CU。在另一种设计中,CU也可以具有核心网的一个或多个功能。示例性地,CU可以设置在网络侧方便集中管理;DU可以具有多个射频功能,也可以将射频功能拉远设置。本申请实施例对此并不进行限定。It can be understood that the above-mentioned division of the processing functions of CU and DU according to the protocol layer is only an example, and can also be divided in other ways, for example, the functions of the protocol layer above the RLC layer are set in the CU, and the functions of the RLC layer and the following protocol layers are set. The function is set in the DU. For example, the CU or DU can be divided into functions with more protocol layers, and for example, the CU or DU can also be divided into partial processing functions with protocol layers. In one design, some functions of the RLC layer and functions of the protocol layers above the RLC layer are placed in the CU, and the remaining functions of the RLC layer and the functions of the protocol layers below the RLC layer are placed in the DU. In another design, the functions of the CU or DU can also be divided according to the service type or other system requirements, for example, by the delay, the functions whose processing time needs to meet the delay requirements are set in the DU, and do not need to meet the delay. The required functionality is set in the CU. In another design, the CU may also have one or more functions of the core network. Exemplarily, the CU can be set on the network side to facilitate centralized management; the DU can have multiple radio functions, or the radio functions can be set remotely. This embodiment of the present application does not limit this.
示例性地,CU的功能可以由一个实体来实现,或者也可以由不同的实体来实现。例如,如图3c所示,可以对CU的功能进行进一步切分,即将控制面和用户面分离并通过不同实体来实现,分别为控制面CU实体(即CU-CP实体)和用户面CU实体(即CU-UP实体),CU-CP实体和CU-UP实体可以与DU相耦合,共同完成网络设备的功能。CU-CP实体与CU-UP实体之间的接口可以为E1接口,CU-CP实体与DU之间的接口可以为F1-C接口,CU-UP实体与DU之间的接口可以为F1-U接口。其中,一个DU和一个CU-UP可以连接到一个CU-CP。在同一个CU-CP控制下,一个DU可以连接到多个CU-UP,一个CU-UP可以连接到多个DU。Exemplarily, the functions of the CU may be implemented by one entity, or may also be implemented by different entities. For example, as shown in Figure 3c, the functions of the CU can be further divided, that is, the control plane and the user plane can be separated and implemented by different entities, namely the control plane CU entity (ie the CU-CP entity) and the user plane CU entity. (ie the CU-UP entity), the CU-CP entity and the CU-UP entity can be coupled with the DU to jointly complete the functions of the network device. The interface between the CU-CP entity and the CU-UP entity may be the E1 interface, the interface between the CU-CP entity and the DU may be the F1-C interface, and the interface between the CU-UP entity and the DU may be the F1-U interface interface. Among them, one DU and one CU-UP can be connected to one CU-CP. Under the control of the same CU-CP, one DU can be connected to multiple CU-UPs, and one CU-UP can be connected to multiple DUs.
基于图3c,图3d为一种空口协议栈分布示意图。如图3d所示,针对用户面和控制面来说,空口协议栈都可以是RLC、MAC、PHY在DU,PDCP及以上协议层在CU。Based on FIG. 3c, FIG. 3d is a schematic diagram of the distribution of an air interface protocol stack. As shown in Figure 3d, for both the user plane and the control plane, the air interface protocol stack may be RLC, MAC, and PHY in the DU, and PDCP and above protocol layers in the CU.
需要说明的是:在上述图3b至图3d所示意的架构中,CU产生的信令可以通过DU发送给终端设备,或者终端设备产生的信令可以通过DU发送给CU。DU可以不对该信令进行解析而直接通过协议层封装后透传给终端设备或CU。以下实施例中如果涉及这种信令在DU和终端设备之间的传输,此时,DU对信令的发送或接收包括这种场景。例如,RRC或PDCP层的信令最终会处理为物理层的数据发送给终端设备,或者,由接收到的物理层的数据转变而来。在这种架构下,该RRC或PDCP层的信令,即也可以认为是由DU发送的,或者,由DU和射频装置发送的。It should be noted that: in the architectures shown in the foregoing Figures 3b to 3d, the signaling generated by the CU may be sent to the terminal device through the DU, or the signaling generated by the terminal device may be sent to the CU through the DU. The DU may not parse the signaling, but directly encapsulate it through the protocol layer and transparently transmit it to the terminal device or CU. In the following embodiments, if the transmission of such signaling between the DU and the terminal device is involved, at this time, the sending or receiving of the signaling by the DU includes this scenario. For example, the signaling of the RRC or PDCP layer will eventually be processed as the data of the physical layer and sent to the terminal device, or converted from the received data of the physical layer. Under this architecture, the signaling of the RRC or PDCP layer can also be considered to be sent by the DU, or sent by the DU and the radio frequency device.
本申请实施例涉及的终端设备包括向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备,例如可以包括具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、或连接到无线调制解调器的处理设备。该终端设备可以经无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)与核心网进行通信,与RAN交换语音和/或数据。该终端设备可以包括用户设备(user equipment,UE)、无线终端设备、移动终端设备、设备到设备通信(device-to-device,D2D)终端设备、车到一切(vehicle to everything,V2X)终端设备、机器到机器/机器类通信(machine-to-machine/machine-type communications,M2M/MTC)终端设备、物联网(internet of things,IoT)终端设备、订户单元、订户站,移动站、远程站、接入点(access point,AP)、远程终端、接入终端、用户终端、用户代理、或用户装备等。例如,可以包括移动电话(或称为“蜂窝”电话),具有移动终端设备的计算机,便携式、袖珍式、手持式、计算机内置的移动装置等。例如,个人通信业务(personal communication service,PCS)电话、无绳电话、会话发起协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)话机、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、等设备。还包括受限设备,例如功耗较低的设备,或存储能力有限的设备,或计算能力有限的设备等。例如包括条码、射频识别(radio frequency identification,RFID)、传感器、全球定位系统(global positioning system,GPS)、激光扫描器等信息传感设备。The terminal device involved in the embodiments of the present application includes a device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to a user, for example, may include a handheld device with a wireless connection function, or a processing device connected to a wireless modem. The terminal equipment may communicate with the core network via a radio access network (RAN), and exchange voice and/or data with the RAN. The terminal equipment may include user equipment (UE), wireless terminal equipment, mobile terminal equipment, device-to-device (D2D) terminal equipment, vehicle to everything (V2X) terminal equipment , Machine-to-machine/machine-type communications (M2M/MTC) terminal equipment, Internet of things (IoT) terminal equipment, subscriber units, subscriber stations, mobile stations, remote stations , access point (AP), remote terminal, access terminal, user terminal, user agent, or user equipment, etc. For example, these may include mobile telephones (or "cellular" telephones), computers with mobile terminal equipment, portable, pocket-sized, hand-held, computer-embedded mobile devices, and the like. For example, personal communication service (PCS) phones, cordless phones, session initiation protocol (SIP) phones, wireless local loop (WLL) stations, personal digital assistants (personal digital assistants), PDA), etc. Also includes constrained devices, such as devices with lower power consumption, or devices with limited storage capacity, or devices with limited computing power, etc. For example, it includes information sensing devices such as barcodes, radio frequency identification (RFID), sensors, global positioning system (GPS), and laser scanners.
目前,采用网络编码的数据传输的一种实现方式,是由发送方将一组数据包统一进行编码,均分成N个大小相等的数据块,统一进行网络编码,编码后输出M(M>N)的小数据块,进行传输。只要接收方正确接收任意N个小数据块,并且解码,即可恢复这组数据。At present, an implementation method of data transmission using network coding is that the sender encodes a group of data packets uniformly, divides them into N equal-sized data blocks, performs network coding uniformly, and outputs M (M>N after encoding). ) in small data blocks for transmission. This set of data can be recovered as long as the receiver correctly receives any N small data blocks and decodes them.
图4是适用于本申请实施例的采用网络编码的数据传输的方法400的一流程图。如图所示,该方法400可以包括以下步骤:FIG. 4 is a flowchart of a method 400 for data transmission using network coding applicable to the embodiment of the present application. As shown, the method 400 may include the following steps:
S401,基站向终端设备发送RRC消息。S401, the base station sends an RRC message to the terminal device.
适示例地,基站可以向终端设备发送RRC消息,配置一个编码组内待编码块的个数为120个。Exemplarily, the base station may send an RRC message to the terminal device to configure the number of blocks to be encoded in one encoding group to be 120.
S402,基站的PDCP层将数据包生成一组PDCP PDU。S402, the PDCP layer of the base station generates a group of PDCP PDUs from the data packets.
示例地,基站的PDCP层可以接收数据包,即,PDCP SDU,之后将接收到的数据包生成一组PDCP PDU。具体地,基站的PDCP层可以通过头部压缩、加密、添加PDCP头部完整性保护等网络编码步骤生成PDCP PDU,其中,网络编码可以在加密、完整性保护之前被执行,也可以在加密、完整性保护之后被执行,本申请在此不做限定。Illustratively, the PDCP layer of the base station may receive data packets, ie, PDCP SDUs, and then generate a set of PDCP PDUs from the received data packets. Specifically, the PDCP layer of the base station can generate a PDCP PDU through network coding steps such as header compression, encryption, and adding PDCP header integrity protection. The integrity protection is then executed, which is not limited in this application.
S403,基站的PDCP层对PDCP PDU进行网络编码处理。S403, the PDCP layer of the base station performs network coding processing on the PDCP PDU.
示例地,图5为适用于本申请实施例的网络编码的一流程图,如图5所示,该网络编码可以包括3个步骤:Exemplarily, FIG. 5 is a flowchart of network coding applicable to this embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 5 , the network coding may include three steps:
(1)将60个PDCP PDU包划为一组,将这些数据包均分成120个大小相等的数据块,称为一组待编码块;(1) Divide 60 PDCP PDU packets into a group, and divide these data packets into 120 data blocks of equal size, which are called a group of blocks to be encoded;
(2)将120个数据块进行网络编码,编码后输出132个编码块,其中,12个为冗余块,每个冗余块是由120个数据块中的部分比特组成的。图6为适用于本申请实施例的网络编码的一示意图,如图6所示,120列132行的向量矩阵是一个编码系数码本,一个矩阵的每行的编码系数向量对应一个索引index。其中,x1,x2,…,x120对应一组待编码块,y1,y2,…,y120对应120个编码块,y121,y122,…,y132是冗余块;每个编码块对应生成一个编码头,每个编码头包括:(2) Perform network coding on 120 data blocks, and output 132 coded blocks after coding, of which 12 are redundant blocks, and each redundant block is composed of some bits in the 120 data blocks. FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of network coding applicable to this embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 6 , a vector matrix with 120 columns and 132 rows is a coding coefficient codebook, and the coding coefficient vector in each row of a matrix corresponds to an index index. Among them, x1, x2,...,x120 corresponds to a set of blocks to be coded, y1, y2,...,y120 corresponds to 120 coding blocks, y121, y122,..., y132 are redundant blocks; each coding block generates a coding header corresponding to , each encoding header includes:
(a)编码系数向量指示信息,用于指示编码系数码本中的编码系数向量对应的索引;(a) coding coefficient vector indication information, used to indicate the index corresponding to the coding coefficient vector in the coding coefficient codebook;
(b)组号,用于指示编码块所属的组的编号;(b) group number, used to indicate the number of the group to which the coding block belongs;
(c)可选的编号,用于指示编码块在一编码组内的编号。(c) An optional number, used to indicate the number of the coding block within a coding group.
(3)每个带编码头的编码块生成CRC码,添加到编码块中,生成最终的编码块。(3) Generate a CRC code for each coding block with a coding header, add it to the coding block, and generate the final coding block.
S404,基站的RLC层生成RLC PDU,递交给MAC层。S404, the RLC layer of the base station generates an RLC PDU and submits it to the MAC layer.
示例地,基站的RLC层可以接收编码块,添加RLC头到编码块,生成RLC PDU,并递交给MAC层。For example, the RLC layer of the base station may receive the encoded block, add an RLC header to the encoded block, generate an RLC PDU, and deliver it to the MAC layer.
S405,基站的MAC层添加MAC子头到RLC PDU,生成MAC子PDU。S405, the MAC layer of the base station adds a MAC sub-header to the RLC PDU to generate a MAC sub-PDU.
示例地,基站的MAC层可以添加MAC子头到RLC PDU,生成MAC子PDU。其中,若MAC CE的大小可变,MAC子头包含L字段,指示MAC CE的长度信息。其中,MAC层根据发送资源大小,按逻辑信道优先级从高到低的顺序选择MAC子PDU复用在一起组成MAC PDU,然后递交给物理层添加CRC生成TB,由物理层进行发送。For example, the MAC layer of the base station may add a MAC sub-header to the RLC PDU to generate a MAC sub-PDU. Wherein, if the size of the MAC CE is variable, the MAC subheader includes the L field, indicating the length information of the MAC CE. Among them, the MAC layer selects MAC sub-PDUs in the order of logical channel priority from high to low according to the size of the transmission resources and multiplexes them together to form a MAC PDU, and then submits it to the physical layer to add a CRC to generate a TB, which is sent by the physical layer.
S406,终端设备的物理层将CRC校验通过的TB向MAC层递交。S406, the physical layer of the terminal device submits the TB that has passed the CRC check to the MAC layer.
示例地,终端设备可以根据PDCCH上的下行控制信息接收PDSCH上的TB,通过物 理层将CRC校验通过的TB向MAC层递交。For example, the terminal device may receive the TB on the PDSCH according to the downlink control information on the PDCCH, and submit the TB that has passed the CRC check to the MAC layer through the physical layer.
S407,终端设备的MAC层向RLC层递交MAC SDU,RLC向PDCP层递交RLC SDU。S407, the MAC layer of the terminal device submits the MAC SDU to the RLC layer, and the RLC submits the RLC SDU to the PDCP layer.
示例地,终端设备的MAC层可以解析MAC子PDU,根据MAC子PDU子头中的逻辑信道标识,向RLC层递交MAC SDU,RLC向PDCP层递交RLC SDU。For example, the MAC layer of the terminal device can parse the MAC sub-PDU, and submit the MAC SDU to the RLC layer according to the logical channel identifier in the sub-header of the MAC sub-PDU, and the RLC submits the RLC SDU to the PDCP layer.
S408,终端设备的PDCP层进行网络解码。S408, the PDCP layer of the terminal device performs network decoding.
示例地,终端设备的PDCP层在接收RLC SDU之后,可以进行网络解码。其中,网络解码的一种可能实现的步骤如下所示:For example, the PDCP layer of the terminal device may perform network decoding after receiving the RLC SDU. Among them, a possible implementation of the network decoding steps is as follows:
(1)根据编码块的大小提取每个编码块;(1) extract each coding block according to the size of the coding block;
(2)从CRC校验通过的编码块中解析编码头,获得编码块的组号和编码块的编号;(2) parse the code header from the code block passed by the CRC check to obtain the group number of the code block and the number of the code block;
(3)将同属于一个组号的编码块CRC校验通过的120个编码块放在一起解码,可恢复60个PDCP PDU。(3) Decode the 120 code blocks that have passed the CRC check of the code blocks belonging to the same group number together to recover 60 PDCP PDUs.
基于上述方案,当TB中的部分比特接收错误导致CRC校验失败时,存在一种情况:上述120个编码块中的比特错误,冗余块被正确接收了。由于接收错误的比特是可以通过冗余块中的正确比特恢复的。然而,接收端的物理层只将CRC校验通过的TB向MAC层递交,从而使得接收端无法获得冗余编码块的增益。Based on the above solution, when some bits in the TB receive errors and cause the CRC check to fail, there is a situation: the bits in the above 120 coded blocks are incorrect, and the redundant blocks are correctly received. Since the wrong bit is received, it can be recovered by the correct bit in the redundant block. However, the physical layer of the receiving end only submits the TB that has passed the CRC check to the MAC layer, so that the receiving end cannot obtain the gain of the redundant coding block.
基于此,本申请实施例提供了一种数据处理的方法,用于提高数据传输的可靠性,降低处理时延。Based on this, an embodiment of the present application provides a data processing method, which is used to improve the reliability of data transmission and reduce the processing delay.
图7为本申请实施例提供的一种数据处理的方法700的一示意图。如图7所示,该方法包括如下步骤:FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a data processing method 700 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 7, the method includes the following steps:
S701,网络设备向终端设备发送配置信息,对应的,终端设备接收来自网络设备的配置信息。该配置信息用于终端设备进行网络编码。S701, the network device sends configuration information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the configuration information from the network device. The configuration information is used for network coding by the terminal device.
示例性地,该配置信息包括第一网络编码参数,该第一网络编码参数包括至少一组网络编码参数。其中,每一组网络编码参数可以包括一个第一索引号,第一索引号可以对应以下至少一个参数:N、第一编码块中的每一个编码块的比特大小,以及N与M的比值。其中,N为一组待编码块中的待编码块的数量,M为对一组编码块进行网络编码后获得的第一编码块中的编码块的数量。表1为配置信息包括第一网络编码参数的一种示例。Exemplarily, the configuration information includes a first network coding parameter, and the first network coding parameter includes at least one set of network coding parameters. Wherein, each group of network coding parameters may include a first index number, and the first index number may correspond to at least one of the following parameters: N, the bit size of each coding block in the first coding block, and the ratio of N to M. Wherein, N is the number of to-be-coded blocks in a set of to-be-coded blocks, and M is the number of coding blocks in the first coding block obtained after performing network coding on a set of coding blocks. Table 1 is an example of the configuration information including the first network coding parameter.
表1Table 1
Figure PCTCN2022084388-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2022084388-appb-000001
如表1所示,配置信息包括的第一网络编码参数中,存在三组网络编码参数。其中,第一组网络编码参数的第一索引号为100,对应第一组网络编码参数包括了参数:N;第 二组网络编码参数的第一索引号为010,对应第二组网络编码参数包括了参数:第一编码块中的每一个编码块的比特大小;第三组网络编码参数的第一索引号为101,对应第三组网络编码参数包括了参数:N,N与M的比值。As shown in Table 1, among the first network coding parameters included in the configuration information, there are three groups of network coding parameters. Wherein, the first index number of the first group of network coding parameters is 100, corresponding to the first group of network coding parameters including the parameter: N; the first index number of the second group of network coding parameters is 010, corresponding to the second group of network coding parameters Include parameters: the bit size of each encoding block in the first encoding block; the first index number of the third group of network encoding parameters is 101, and the corresponding third group of network encoding parameters includes parameters: N, the ratio of N and M .
同时,该配置信息可以通过RRC信令、PDCP信令、MAC CE信令、物理层信令的形式发送至终端设备。At the same time, the configuration information can be sent to the terminal equipment in the form of RRC signaling, PDCP signaling, MAC CE signaling, and physical layer signaling.
进一步地,该配置信息还可以包括第一通道的信息,对第一通道对应的一组待编码块进行编码。其中,第一通道可以包括至少一个无线承载或至少一个逻辑信道。Further, the configuration information may further include information of the first channel, and encode a group of blocks to be encoded corresponding to the first channel. Wherein, the first channel may include at least one radio bearer or at least one logical channel.
在可能实现的一种方式中,上述配置信息还可以包括至少一个第二索引号,该第二索引号为逻辑信道索引号,一个逻辑信道索引号对应一个逻辑信道,换言之,一个第二索引号对应一个逻辑信道。从而,可以使得第二索引号对应的逻辑信道使用第一索引号表征的网络编码参数进行网络编码。In a possible implementation manner, the above configuration information may further include at least one second index number, where the second index number is a logical channel index number, and one logical channel index number corresponds to one logical channel, in other words, a second index number Corresponds to a logical channel. Therefore, the logical channel corresponding to the second index number can be made to perform network coding by using the network coding parameter represented by the first index number.
在可能实现的另一种方式中,上述配置信息还可以包括至少一个第三索引号,该第三索引号为无线承载索引号,一个无线承载索引号对应一个无线承载,换言之,一个第三索引号对应一个无线承载。从而,可以使得配置信息对应的无线承载使用第一索引号表征的网络编码参数进行网络编码。In another possible implementation manner, the above configuration information may further include at least one third index number, where the third index number is a radio bearer index number, and one radio bearer index number corresponds to one radio bearer, in other words, a third index The number corresponds to a radio bearer. Therefore, the radio bearer corresponding to the configuration information can be made to perform network coding by using the network coding parameter represented by the first index number.
在可能实现的另一种方式中,该配置信息还可以是PDCP配置信息。例如,PDCP配置信息可以包括至少一个第四索引号,该第四索引号为无线承载索引号,一个无线承载索引号对应一个无线承载,换言之,一个第四索引号对应一个无线承载。从而,该PDCP配置信息对应的无线承载可使用第一索引号表征的网络编码参数进行网络编码。In another possible implementation manner, the configuration information may also be PDCP configuration information. For example, the PDCP configuration information may include at least one fourth index number, where the fourth index number is a radio bearer index number, and one radio bearer index number corresponds to one radio bearer, in other words, one fourth index number corresponds to one radio bearer. Therefore, the radio bearer corresponding to the PDCP configuration information can use the network coding parameter represented by the first index number to perform network coding.
在可能实现的另一种方式中,该配置信息还可以是逻辑信道配置信息。例如,逻辑信道配置信息可以包括至少一个第五索引号,该第五索引号为逻辑信道索引号,一个逻辑信道索引号对应一个逻辑信道,换言之,一个第五索引号对应一个逻辑信道。从而,该逻辑信道配置信息对应的逻辑信道可使用第一索引号表征的网络编码参数进行网络编码。In another possible implementation, the configuration information may also be logical channel configuration information. For example, the logical channel configuration information may include at least one fifth index number, where the fifth index number is a logical channel index number, and one logical channel index number corresponds to one logical channel, in other words, one fifth index number corresponds to one logical channel. Therefore, the logical channel corresponding to the logical channel configuration information can be network-coded using the network coding parameter represented by the first index number.
S702,终端设备对一组待编码块进行编码。S702, the terminal device encodes a group of blocks to be encoded.
示例地,终端设备在收到网络设备发送的配置信息之后,可以通过配置信息确定第一网络编码参数,进而使用第一网络编码参数对其对应的逻辑信道或无线承载中的一组待编码块进行编码,获得第一编码块。For example, after receiving the configuration information sent by the network device, the terminal device may determine the first network coding parameter through the configuration information, and then use the first network coding parameter for a set of blocks to be coded in the corresponding logical channel or radio bearer. Encoding is performed to obtain the first encoding block.
S703,终端设备向网络设备发送第二编码块。对应的,网络设备接收来自终端设备的配置信息。S703, the terminal device sends the second encoding block to the network device. Correspondingly, the network device receives the configuration information from the terminal device.
其中,第二编码块包括第一编码块中的至少一个编码块。Wherein, the second coding block includes at least one coding block in the first coding block.
具体地,终端设备可能会由于资源不足,无法将第一编码块中的所有编码块进行发送。所以,终端设备可以向网络设备发送第一编码块中的部分编码块或全部编码块,即,向网络设备发送第二编码块。Specifically, the terminal device may be unable to send all the coding blocks in the first coding block due to insufficient resources. Therefore, the terminal device can send some or all of the coding blocks in the first coding block to the network device, that is, send the second coding block to the network device.
基于上述方案,终端设备通过接收包括至少一组网络编码参数的配置信息,对一组待编码块进行编码,在此过程中,网络设备可以根据信道条件、业务量波动等因素调整网络编码参数,获得资源开销、网络编码可靠性,以及处理时延之间的平衡。Based on the above solution, the terminal device encodes a set of blocks to be encoded by receiving configuration information including at least one set of network coding parameters. During this process, the network device can adjust the network coding parameters according to factors such as channel conditions and traffic fluctuations. Obtain a balance between resource overhead, network coding reliability, and processing latency.
图8为本申请实施例提供的一种数据处理的方法800的一示意图。如图8所示,该方法包括如下步骤:FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of a data processing method 800 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 8, the method includes the following steps:
S801,网络设备向终端设备发送配置信息,对应的,终端设备接收来自网络设备的配 置信息。S801, the network device sends configuration information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the configuration information from the network device.
示例地,网络设备可以向终端设备发送配置信息,该配置信息包括至少一组对一组待编码块进行编码的网络编码参数。For example, the network device may send configuration information to the terminal device, where the configuration information includes at least one set of network coding parameters for coding a set of blocks to be coded.
具体地,关于配置信息的描述,可以参考S701中关于配置信息的描述,为了简洁,本申请在此不再赘述。Specifically, for the description of the configuration information, reference may be made to the description of the configuration information in S701, which is not repeated in this application for brevity.
S802,网络设备对一组待编码块进行编码。S802, the network device encodes a group of blocks to be encoded.
示例地,网络设备可以对一组待编码块进行编码,获得第一编码块。For example, the network device may encode a group of blocks to be encoded to obtain the first encoded block.
具体地,关于网络设备对一组待编码块进行编码的描述,可以参考S702中关于终端设备对一组待编码块进行编码,只需将对一组待编码块进行编码的执行主体从终端设备替换为网络设备,为了简洁,本申请在此不再赘述。Specifically, for the description of the network device encoding a group of blocks to be encoded, refer to S702 about the terminal device encoding a group of blocks to be encoded. It is replaced with a network device, and for brevity, this application will not repeat it here.
S803,网络设备向终端设备发送第二编码块,对应的,终端设备接收来自网络设备的第二编码块。S803, the network device sends the second encoding block to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the second encoding block from the network device.
示例地,网络设备在获得第一编码块之后,可以向终端设备发送第二编码块。其中,第二编码块包括第一编码块中的至少一个编码块。For example, after obtaining the first encoding block, the network device may send the second encoding block to the terminal device. Wherein, the second coding block includes at least one coding block in the first coding block.
具体地,关于网络设备向终端设备发送第二编码块的描述,可以参考S703中关于终端设备向网络设备发送第二编码块的描述,只需将发送主体终端设备替换为网络设备,将接收主体网络设备替换为终端设备,为了简洁,本申请在此不再赘述。Specifically, for the description of the network device sending the second encoding block to the terminal device, you can refer to the description in S703 about the terminal device sending the second encoding block to the network device, only need to replace the sending main terminal device with the network device, and the receiving main The network device is replaced with a terminal device, and for the sake of brevity, details are not described here in this application.
基于上述方案,网络设备可以根据至少一组网络编码参数的配置信息,对一组待编码块进行编码,在此过程中,网络设备可以根据信道条件、业务量波动等因素调整网络编码参数,获得资源开销、网络编码可靠性,以及处理时延之间的平衡。Based on the above solution, the network device can encode a set of blocks to be coded according to the configuration information of at least one set of network coding parameters. Balance between resource overhead, network coding reliability, and processing latency.
图9为本申请实施例提供的一种数据处理的方法900的一示意图。如图9所示,该方法包括如下步骤:FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a data processing method 900 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 9, the method includes the following steps:
S901,终端设备向网络设备发送网络编码能力信息。对应的,网络设备接收来自终端设备的网络编码能力信息。S901, a terminal device sends network coding capability information to a network device. Correspondingly, the network device receives the network coding capability information from the terminal device.
可选地,终端设备可以向网络设备发送网络编码能力信息,其中,网络编码能力信息指示终端设备支持网络编码的能力。Optionally, the terminal device may send network coding capability information to the network device, where the network coding capability information indicates the capability of the terminal device to support network coding.
S902,网络设备向终端设备发送配置信息,对应的,终端设备接收来自网络设备的配置信息。S902, the network device sends configuration information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the configuration information from the network device.
示例地,网络设备可以向终端设备发送配置信息,其中,配置信息包括至少一组网络编码的参数,用于对一组待编码块进行网络编码。For example, the network device may send configuration information to the terminal device, where the configuration information includes at least one set of network coding parameters for performing network coding on a set of to-be-coded blocks.
具体地,关于配置信息的描述,可以参考上述S701中的配置信息的相关描述,为了简洁,本申请在此不做赘述。Specifically, for the description of the configuration information, reference may be made to the relevant description of the configuration information in the foregoing S701, and for the sake of brevity, this application will not repeat them here.
S903a,网络设备向终端设备发送第一指示信息,对应的,终端设备接收来自网络设备的第一指示信息。S903a, the network device sends the first indication information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the first indication information from the network device.
示例地,网络设备可以向终端设备发送第一指示信息,该第一指示信息指示至少一个网络编码的参数,用于对一组待编码块进行网络编码。进一步地,该第一指示信息可以承载于RRC信令之中。For example, the network device may send first indication information to the terminal device, where the first indication information indicates at least one network coding parameter, which is used to perform network coding on a group of blocks to be coded. Further, the first indication information may be carried in RRC signaling.
具体地,第一指示信息可以包括第二网络编码参数,第二网络编码参数用于对一组待编码块进行编码。进一步地,第二网络编码参数包括的参数,与第一网络编码参数包括的 参数不同。Specifically, the first indication information may include a second network coding parameter, and the second network coding parameter is used for coding a group of blocks to be coded. Further, the parameters included in the second network coding parameter are different from the parameters included in the first network coding parameter.
具体地,当配置信息中的第一网络编码参数中包括了一组网络编码参数,且该组网络编码参数包括了至少一个参数,网络设备可以向终端设备发送第一指示信息,该第一指示信息包括第二网络编码参数,第二网络编码参数可以包括以下至少一种参数:N、第一编码块中的每一个编码块的比特大小,以及N与M的比值。其中,N为一组待编码块中的待编码块的数量,M为对一组编码块进行网络编码后获得的第一编码块中的编码块的数量。并且,第二网络编码参数包括的参数与第一网络编码参数包括的参数不同。Specifically, when the first network coding parameter in the configuration information includes a set of network coding parameters, and the set of network coding parameters includes at least one parameter, the network device may send first indication information to the terminal device, the first indication The information includes a second network coding parameter, which may include at least one of the following parameters: N, a bit size of each of the first coding blocks, and a ratio of N to M. Wherein, N is the number of to-be-coded blocks in a set of to-be-coded blocks, and M is the number of coding blocks in the first coding block obtained after performing network coding on a set of coding blocks. Moreover, the parameters included in the second network coding parameter are different from the parameters included in the first network coding parameter.
举例而言,网络设备可以先通过配置信息向终端设备配置第一编码块中的每一个编码块的比特大小,再根据实时动态的情况,通过第一指示信息向网络设备配置N与M的比值;或者,网络设备可以先通过配置信息向终端设备配置N与M的比值,再根据实时动态的情况,通过第一指示信息向网络设备配置第一编码块中的每一个编码块的比特大小。For example, the network device can first configure the bit size of each encoding block in the first encoding block to the terminal device through the configuration information, and then configure the ratio of N to M to the network device through the first indication information according to the real-time dynamic situation. Alternatively, the network device may first configure the ratio of N to M to the terminal device through configuration information, and then configure the bit size of each encoding block in the first encoding block to the network device through the first indication information according to the real-time dynamic situation.
可选地,配置信息包括的网络编码参数中的一个参数也可以为终端设备预定义或协议约定的网络编码参数,其中,当配置信息包括的网络编码参数中的一个参数为终端设备预定义或协议约定的网络编码参数,第一指示信息可以只包括网络编码参数中的一个参数,且该参数与终端设备预定义或协议约定的网络编码参数不同。Optionally, a parameter in the network coding parameters included in the configuration information may also be a network coding parameter pre-defined by the terminal device or a protocol agreed upon, wherein, when a parameter in the network coding parameters included in the configuration information is the terminal device predefined or For the network coding parameters agreed in the protocol, the first indication information may include only one parameter in the network coding parameters, and this parameter is different from the network coding parameters predefined by the terminal device or agreed in the protocol.
可选地,第一指示信息可以指示终端设备对第一通道对应的一组待编码块进行编码。其中,第一通道可以包括至少一个无线承载或至少一个逻辑信道。Optionally, the first indication information may instruct the terminal device to encode a group of blocks to be encoded corresponding to the first channel. Wherein, the first channel may include at least one radio bearer or at least one logical channel.
举例而言,当配置信息未包括指示第一通道的信息,网络设备可以通过第一指示信息向终端设备配置第一通道,从而使得终端设备对第一通道对应的一组待编码块进行编码。For example, when the configuration information does not include information indicating the first channel, the network device may configure the first channel to the terminal device through the first indication information, so that the terminal device encodes a group of blocks to be encoded corresponding to the first channel.
举例而言,当配置信息包括指示第一通道的信息,即,网络设备向终端设备配置了第一通道,但是并未使得终端设备对第一通道对应的一组待编码块进行编码。网络设备可以通过第一指示信息指示终端设备对第一通道对应的一组待编码块进行编码。For example, when the configuration information includes information indicating the first channel, that is, the network device configures the terminal device with the first channel, but does not enable the terminal device to encode a set of blocks to be encoded corresponding to the first channel. The network device may instruct the terminal device to encode a group of blocks to be encoded corresponding to the first channel through the first indication information.
应理解,第一指示信息可以同时包括第二网络编码参数的信息与指示第一通道的信息。It should be understood that the first indication information may include the information of the second network coding parameter and the information indicating the first channel at the same time.
S903b,网络设备向终端设备发送第二指示信息,对应的,终端设备接收来自网络设备的第二指示信息。S903b, the network device sends the second indication information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the second indication information from the network device.
示例地,网络设备可以向终端设备发送第二指示信息,该第二指示信息指示第二网络编码参数,用于对一组待编码块进行网络编码。进一步地,该第二指示信息可以承载于MAC CE之中。For example, the network device may send second indication information to the terminal device, where the second indication information indicates the second network coding parameter, which is used to perform network coding on a group of blocks to be coded. Further, the second indication information may be carried in the MAC CE.
具体地,当配置信息中包括了至少两组网络编码参数,第二指示信息可以包括第二网络编码参数,第二网络编码参数是第一网络编码参数的一组网络编码参数,用于对一组待编码块进行编码。其中,当配置信息包括了多组网络编码参数时,网络设备可以根据实时动态的情况,通过第二指示信息中的索引号,配置终端设备具体使用的一组网络编码参数,对一组待编码块进行编码。Specifically, when the configuration information includes at least two sets of network coding parameters, the second indication information may include second network coding parameters, and the second network coding parameters are a set of network coding parameters of the first network coding parameters, which are used for a pair of network coding parameters. Groups of blocks to be encoded are encoded. Wherein, when the configuration information includes multiple sets of network coding parameters, the network device can configure a set of network coding parameters specifically used by the terminal device according to the real-time dynamic situation and use the index number in the second indication information, and configure a set of network coding parameters specifically used by the terminal device. block to encode.
可选地,第二指示信息可以指示终端设备对第一通道对应的一组待编码块进行编码。Optionally, the second indication information may instruct the terminal device to encode a group of blocks to be encoded corresponding to the first channel.
举例而言,当配置信息未包括指示第一通道的信息,网络设备可以通过第二指示信息向终端设备配置第一通道,从而使得终端设备对第一通道对应的一组待编码块进行编码。For example, when the configuration information does not include information indicating the first channel, the network device may configure the first channel to the terminal device through the second indication information, so that the terminal device encodes a group of blocks to be encoded corresponding to the first channel.
举例而言,当配置指示信息包括指示第一通道的信息,即,网络设备向终端设备配置了第一通道,但是并未使得终端设备对第一通道对应的一组待编码块进行编码。网络设备可以通过第二指示信息指示终端设备对第一通道对应的一组待编码块进行编码。For example, when the configuration indication information includes information indicating the first channel, that is, the network device configures the terminal device with the first channel, but does not enable the terminal device to encode a set of blocks to be encoded corresponding to the first channel. The network device may instruct the terminal device to encode a group of blocks to be encoded corresponding to the first channel through the second indication information.
应理解,第二指示信息可以同时包括第二网络编码参数的信息与指示第一通道的信息。It should be understood that the second indication information may include the information of the second network coding parameter and the information indicating the first channel at the same time.
图10为本申请实施例提出的第二指示信息的一示意图。其中,第一通道可以是逻辑信道或无线承载。下面以逻辑信道为例,如图10所示,在该MAC CE中,可以通过第一字段携带的索引号1,表示索引号为1的网络编码参数;通过第二字段携带的逻辑信道标识5,表示对标识为5的逻辑信道对应的一组待编码块进行网络编码。其中,确定一套网络编码的参数和确定一个逻辑信道的信息,也可以分别在两个MAC CE信令中携带。当分别在两个MAC CE信令中携带时,这两个MAC CE信令可以在同一个TB或不同的TB中发送。FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of second indication information provided by an embodiment of the present application. Wherein, the first channel may be a logical channel or a radio bearer. Taking the logical channel as an example below, as shown in Figure 10, in the MAC CE, the index number 1 carried in the first field can be used to indicate the network coding parameter with the index number 1; the logical channel identifier 5 carried in the second field can be used. , indicating that network coding is performed on a group of blocks to be coded corresponding to the logical channel identified as 5. Among them, the information to determine a set of network coding parameters and the information to determine a logical channel can also be carried in two MAC CE signaling respectively. When carried in two MAC CE signalings respectively, the two MAC CE signalings can be sent in the same TB or in different TBs.
可选地,一个MAC CE信令还可以确定多个逻辑信道。图11为本申请实施例提出的第二指示信息的另一示意图。如图11所示,当一个MAC CE信令可以确定多个逻辑信道时,第三字段可以包含多个比特,以4个比特为例:比特0对应配置了网络编码功能的逻辑信道标识最小的比特。Optionally, one MAC CE signaling can also determine multiple logical channels. FIG. 11 is another schematic diagram of the second indication information proposed by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 11, when one MAC CE signaling can determine multiple logical channels, the third field can contain multiple bits, taking 4 bits as an example: bit 0 corresponds to the logical channel with the smallest identifier of the logical channel configured with the network coding function. bits.
在可能实现的一种方式中,图12为适用于本申请实施例的网络单连接的一示意图。如图12所示,在单连接场景(单个网络设备)下,按照配置了网络编码功能的逻辑信道标识的升序依次对应比特0,比特1,比特2,比特3。比特的取值1表示确定该逻辑信道对应的待编码块进行网络编码,取值0表示确定该逻辑信道对应的待编码块不进行网络编码。In one possible implementation manner, FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of a single network connection applicable to the embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 12 , in a single connection scenario (single network device), bits 0, 1, 2, and 3 correspond to bit 0, bit 1, bit 2, and bit 3 in ascending order of the logical channel identifiers configured with the network coding function. A value of 1 indicates that the block to be encoded corresponding to the logical channel is determined to be network encoded, and a value of 0 indicates that the block to be encoded corresponding to the logical channel is determined not to be network encoded.
在可能实现的另一种方式中,逻辑信道标识也可以为降序排列。图13是适用于本申请实施例的网络双连接的一示意图。如图13所示,在双连接场景(两个网络设备)下,从比特0开始,先放主网络设备(向核心网提供控制面连接的无线接入节点)的逻辑信道标识对应的比特值,后放置从网络设备(不向核心网提供控制面连接的无线接入节点)的逻辑信道标识对应的比特值。In another possible implementation manner, the logical channel identifiers may also be arranged in descending order. FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of a network dual connection suitable for an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 13, in the dual-connection scenario (two network devices), starting from bit 0, the bit value corresponding to the logical channel identifier of the main network device (the wireless access node that provides the control plane connection to the core network) is put first. , and then place the bit value corresponding to the logical channel identifier of the slave network device (the radio access node that does not provide a control plane connection to the core network).
还应理解,在上述MAC CE的设计,可将配置了网络编码功能的逻辑信道信道标识替换为配置了网络编码功能的无线承载标识,第二字段携带无线承载标识,第三字段的多个比特是按照无线承载的标识的升序或降序排列。It should also be understood that, in the design of the above-mentioned MAC CE, the logical channel channel identifier configured with the network coding function can be replaced by the radio bearer identifier configured with the network coding function, the second field carries the radio bearer identifier, and the multiple bits of the third field. They are arranged in ascending or descending order of the identifiers of the radio bearers.
应理解,第二指示信息还可以指示开启上行的网络编码功能,或者指示生效系统无线帧号(System frame number,SFN),该SFN为离终端设备收到第二指示信息的时间最近的一个SFN)。It should be understood that the second indication information can also indicate to enable the network coding function of the uplink, or indicate the effective system frame number (System frame number, SFN), and the SFN is an SFN that is closest to the time when the terminal device receives the second indication information ).
还应理解,第二指示信息还可以承载于DCI中,网络设备通过向终端设备发送DCI信息,向终端设备配置第二指示信息。该DCI可以是实时调度数据传输的PDCCH中的DCI,或者为PDCCH命令的DCI。由于逻辑信道标识的比特较多,可以考虑用于较短的比特来映射逻辑信道标识。比如,用逻辑信道标识的5比特中的低2~3比特来指示,或者网络设备配置一个逻辑信道标识对应一个2~3比特的取值,如表2所示,采用两比特最多支持4个逻辑信道支持网络编码,采用3比特最多支持9个逻辑信道支持网络编码。It should also be understood that the second indication information may also be carried in the DCI, and the network device configures the terminal device with the second indication information by sending the DCI information to the terminal device. The DCI may be the DCI in the PDCCH that schedules data transmission in real time, or the DCI ordered by the PDCCH. Since the logical channel ID has more bits, it can be considered to use shorter bits to map the logical channel ID. For example, the lower 2 to 3 bits of the 5 bits of the logical channel identifier are used to indicate, or the network device configures a logical channel identifier to correspond to a value of 2 to 3 bits, as shown in Table 2, using two bits to support a maximum of 4 The logical channel supports network coding, and uses 3 bits to support up to 9 logical channels to support network coding.
表2Table 2
Figure PCTCN2022084388-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2022084388-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2022084388-appb-000003
Figure PCTCN2022084388-appb-000003
应理解,在上述DCI设计中,可将配置了网络编码功能的逻辑信道信道标识替换为配置了网络编码功能的无线承载标识。It should be understood that in the above DCI design, the logical channel channel identifier configured with the network coding function can be replaced with the radio bearer identifier configured with the network coding function.
还应理解,在上述方案中,S903a与S903b只执行其中之一,当S903a被执行,则S903b被跳过;当S903b为执行,则S903a被跳过。It should also be understood that in the above solution, only one of S903a and S903b is executed. When S903a is executed, S903b is skipped; when S903b is executed, S903a is skipped.
S904,终端设备向网络设备发送激活反馈信息,对应的,网络设备接收来自终端设备的激活反馈信息。S904, the terminal device sends activation feedback information to the network device, and correspondingly, the network device receives the activation feedback information from the terminal device.
可选地,终端设备可以向网络设备发送激活反馈信息,激活反馈信息用于指示终端设备的第一通道使用网络编码功能。进一步地,激活反馈信息可以为MAC CE信令的形式。Optionally, the terminal device may send activation feedback information to the network device, where the activation feedback information is used to instruct the first channel of the terminal device to use the network coding function. Further, the activation feedback information may be in the form of MAC CE signaling.
在可能实现的一种方式中,激活反馈信息可以包括第一指示信息或第二指示信息中携带的网络编码参数的索引号、逻辑信道标识中的至少一个。In a possible implementation manner, the activation feedback information may include at least one of an index number of a network coding parameter and a logical channel identifier carried in the first indication information or the second indication information.
在可能实现的另一种方式中,激活反馈信息可以携带一组比特,比特位置对应一个逻辑信道,比特取值为1表示使用网络编码功能。从而,可以通过一个激活反馈信息确认多个逻辑信道的信息,信令开销小。In another possible implementation, the activation feedback information may carry a set of bits, the bit position corresponds to a logical channel, and the bit value is 1 to indicate that the network coding function is used. Therefore, the information of multiple logical channels can be confirmed through one activation feedback message, and the signaling overhead is small.
S905,网络设备向终端设备发送第四指示信息,对应的,终端设备接收来自网络设备的第四指示信息。S905, the network device sends fourth indication information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the fourth indication information from the network device.
可选地,网络设备可以向终端设备发送第四指示信息,该第四指示信息指示上行授权,以及上行授权是否用于发送第二编码块,其中,第二编码块包括第一编码块中的至少一个编码块,第一编码块为对一组待编码块进行网络编码后获得的编码块。进一步地,该第四指示信息可以承载于DCI中。Optionally, the network device may send fourth indication information to the terminal device, where the fourth indication information indicates the uplink grant and whether the uplink grant is used to send the second encoding block, where the second encoding block includes the At least one coding block, the first coding block is a coding block obtained by performing network coding on a group of blocks to be coded. Further, the fourth indication information may be carried in DCI.
S906,终端设备生成第二数据包。S906, the terminal device generates a second data packet.
示例地,终端设备可以根据逻辑信道优先级的排序,对一组待编码块进行编码,获得第二编码块,并且,对第二编码块进行处理,获得第一数据包,进而获得第二数据包。同时,可能由于授权不足,无法将第一编码块中的所有编码块进行发送,所以,终端设备可以将第一编码块中的部分编码块或全部编码块进行多次处理,获得第二数据包,即,对第二编码块多次处理,获得第二数据包。For example, the terminal device may encode a group of blocks to be encoded to obtain a second encoded block according to the order of logical channel priorities, and process the second encoded block to obtain a first data packet, and then obtain a second data packet. Bag. At the same time, it may be impossible to send all the coding blocks in the first coding block due to insufficient authorization. Therefore, the terminal device can process some or all coding blocks in the first coding block for multiple times to obtain the second data packet. , that is, the second encoding block is processed multiple times to obtain the second data packet.
应理解,当终端设备的网络编码功能在RLC层,先将分段或完整的RLC SDU进行处理,得到包含第二编码块的RLC PDU,MAC层再对包含第二编码块的RLC PDU进行处理,得到包含第二编码块的MAC PDU,即,第二数据包;当终端设备的网络编码功能在PDCP层,第二编码块可以为PDCP PDU,对分段或完整的PDCP SDU进行处理,得到包含第二编码块的PDCP PDU,RLC层处理得到RLC PDU,即,第一数据包,MAC层对第一数据包处理后得到包含第二编码块的MAC PDU,即,第二数据包;当终端设备的网络编码功能在PDCP和RLC层之间的新协议层使用,例如,网络编码(Network code,NC)层,第二编码块可以为NC PDU,对分段或完整的PDCPPDU进行处理,得到包含第二编码块的NC PDU,RLC层处理得到RLC PDU,即,第一数据包,MAC层对第一数据包处理后得到包含第二编码块的MAC PDU,即,第二数据包。It should be understood that when the network coding function of the terminal equipment is at the RLC layer, the segmented or complete RLC SDU is first processed to obtain the RLC PDU containing the second coding block, and the MAC layer then processes the RLC PDU containing the second coding block. , obtain the MAC PDU containing the second coding block, that is, the second data packet; when the network coding function of the terminal device is at the PDCP layer, the second coding block can be a PDCP PDU, and the segmented or complete PDCP SDU is processed to obtain The PDCP PDU that contains the second coding block, the RLC layer processes the RLC PDU, that is, the first data packet, and the MAC layer processes the first data packet to obtain the MAC PDU that contains the second coding block, that is, the second data packet; when The network coding function of the terminal device is used in a new protocol layer between the PDCP and the RLC layer, for example, the network coding (Network code, NC) layer, the second coding block can be an NC PDU, and the segmented or complete PDCP PDU is processed, The NC PDU containing the second coding block is obtained, the RLC layer processes to obtain the RLC PDU, that is, the first data packet, and the MAC layer processes the first data packet to obtain the MAC PDU containing the second coding block, that is, the second data packet.
S907,终端设备向网络设备发送第二数据包,对应的,网络设备接收来自终端设备的第二数据包。S907, the terminal device sends the second data packet to the network device, and correspondingly, the network device receives the second data packet from the terminal device.
示例地,终端设备可以向网络设备发送第二数据包。可选地,若网络设备指示终端设 备授权用于哪个逻辑信道发送,则通过该授权进行发送哪个逻辑信道的第二数据包。For example, the terminal device may send the second data packet to the network device. Optionally, if the network device indicates which logical channel the terminal device is authorized to use for sending, the second data packet of which logical channel is sent through the authorization.
基于上述方案,终端设备通过接收网络设备发送的第一指示信息与第二指示信息,对一组待编码块进行编码,在此过程中,网络设备可以根据信道条件、业务量波动等因素动态调整网络编码参数。其中,网络设备可以先确定一部分网络编码的参数,再通过确定另一部分网络编码的参数,从而可以实时根据信道条件、业务量波动等因素,动态调整网络编码的参数,获得资源开销、网络编码可靠性,以及处理时延之间的平衡。Based on the above solution, the terminal device encodes a set of blocks to be encoded by receiving the first indication information and the second indication information sent by the network device. During this process, the network device can dynamically adjust the channel conditions, traffic fluctuations and other factors. Network coding parameters. Among them, the network device can first determine a part of the network coding parameters, and then determine another part of the network coding parameters, so that the network coding parameters can be dynamically adjusted in real time according to channel conditions, traffic fluctuations and other factors to obtain resource overhead and network coding reliability. performance, and the balance between processing latency.
图14为本申请实施例提供的一种数据处理的方法1400的一示意图。如图14所示,该方法包括如下步骤:FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a data processing method 1400 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 14, the method includes the following steps:
S1401,终端设备向网络设备发送网络编码能力信息,对应的,网络设备接收来自终端设备的网络编码能力信息。S1401, the terminal device sends the network coding capability information to the network device, and correspondingly, the network device receives the network coding capability information from the terminal device.
可选地,终端设备可以向网络设备发送网络编码能力信息,其中,网络编码能力信息包括终端设备支持网络编码的能力的信息。Optionally, the terminal device may send network coding capability information to the network device, where the network coding capability information includes information about the capability of the terminal device to support network coding.
S1402,网络设备向终端设备发送配置信息,对应的,终端设备接收来自网络设备的配置信息。S1402, the network device sends configuration information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the configuration information from the network device.
示例地,网络设备可以向终端设备发送配置信息,其中,配置信息指示至少一组网络编码参数。For example, the network device may send configuration information to the terminal device, wherein the configuration information indicates at least one set of network coding parameters.
具体地,关于配置信息的描述,可以参考上述S701中的配置信息的相关描述,为了简洁,本申请在此不做赘述。Specifically, for the description of the configuration information, reference may be made to the relevant description of the configuration information in the foregoing S701, and for the sake of brevity, this application will not repeat them here.
S1403a,网络设备向终端设备发送第一指示信息,对应的,终端设备接收来自网络设备的第一指示信息。进一步地,第一指示信息可以为RRC信令的形式。S1403a, the network device sends the first indication information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the first indication information from the network device. Further, the first indication information may be in the form of RRC signaling.
示例地,网络设备可以向终端设备发送第一指示信息,该第一指示信息指示至少一个网络编码参数。For example, the network device may send first indication information to the terminal device, where the first indication information indicates at least one network coding parameter.
具体地,关于第一指示信息的描述,可以参考S903a中关于第一指示信息的描述,为了简洁,本申请在此不再赘述。Specifically, for the description of the first indication information, reference may be made to the description of the first indication information in S903a, which is not repeated in this application for brevity.
S1403b,网络设备向终端设备发送第二指示信息,对应的,终端设备接收来自网络设备的第二指示信息。S1403b, the network device sends the second indication information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the second indication information from the network device.
示例地,网络设备可以向终端设备发送第二指示信息,该第二指示信息指示第二网络编码参数,用于对一组待编码块进行网络编码。进一步地,该第二指示信息可以承载于MAC CE之中。For example, the network device may send second indication information to the terminal device, where the second indication information indicates the second network coding parameter, which is used to perform network coding on a group of blocks to be coded. Further, the second indication information may be carried in the MAC CE.
具体地,关于第二指示信息的描述,可以参考S903b中关于第二指示信息的描述,为了简洁,本申请在此不再赘述。Specifically, for the description of the second indication information, reference may be made to the description of the second indication information in S903b, which is not repeated in this application for brevity.
应理解,在上述方案中,S1403a与S1403b只执行其中之一,当S1403a被执行,则S1403b被跳过;当S1403b为执行,则S1403a被跳过。It should be understood that in the above solution, only one of S1403a and S1403b is executed. When S1403a is executed, S1403b is skipped; when S1403b is executed, S1403a is skipped.
S1404,终端设备向网络设备发送激活反馈信息,对应的,网络设备接收来自终端设备的激活反馈信息。S1404, the terminal device sends activation feedback information to the network device, and correspondingly, the network device receives the activation feedback information from the terminal device.
可选地,终端设备可以向网络设备发送激活反馈信息,激活反馈信息用于指示终端设备激活第一通道使用网络编码功能。进一步地,激活反馈信息可以为MAC CE信令的形式。Optionally, the terminal device may send activation feedback information to the network device, where the activation feedback information is used to instruct the terminal device to activate the first channel to use the network coding function. Further, the activation feedback information may be in the form of MAC CE signaling.
具体地,关于激活反馈信息的描述,可以参考S904中关于激活反馈信息的描述,为 了简洁,本申请在此不再赘述。Specifically, for the description of the activation feedback information, reference may be made to the description of the activation feedback information in S904. For brevity, this application will not repeat them here.
S1405,网络设备生成第二数据包。S1405, the network device generates a second data packet.
示例地,网络设备可以根据逻辑信道优先级的排序,对一组待编码块进行编码,获得第二编码块,并且,对第二编码块进行至少一次处理,获得第二数据包。同时,可能由于授权不足,无法将第一编码块中的所有编码块进行发送,所以,网络设备可以将第一编码块中的部分编码块或全部编码块进行至少一次处理,获得第二数据包,即,对第二编码块至少一次处理,获得第二数据包。For example, the network device may encode a group of blocks to be encoded to obtain a second encoded block according to the ordering of logical channel priorities, and perform at least one processing on the second encoded block to obtain a second data packet. At the same time, it may be impossible to send all the coding blocks in the first coding block due to insufficient authorization. Therefore, the network device may process some or all coding blocks in the first coding block at least once to obtain the second data packet , that is, the second encoding block is processed at least once to obtain the second data packet.
具体地,关于生成第二数据包的描述,可以参考S906中的关于生成第二数据包的描述,只需将生成第二数据包的执行主体由终端设备替换为网络设备,为了简洁,本申请在此不再赘述。Specifically, for the description of generating the second data packet, reference may be made to the description of generating the second data packet in S906, and it is only necessary to replace the execution body for generating the second data packet from the terminal device with the network device. For the sake of brevity, this application It is not repeated here.
S1406,网络设备向终端设备发送第二数据包,对应的,终端设备接收来自网络设备的第二数据包。S1406, the network device sends the second data packet to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the second data packet from the network device.
示例地,网络设备可以向终端设备发送第二数据包。For example, the network device may send the second data packet to the terminal device.
基于上述方案,网络设备对一组待编码块进行编码,在此过程中,网络设备可以根据信道条件、业务量波动等因素动态调整网络编码参数。其中,网络设备可以先确定一部分网络编码的参数,再通过确定另一部分网络编码的参数,从而可以实时根据业务量波动等因素,动态调整网络编码的参数,从而获得资源开销、网络编码可靠性,以及处理时延之间的平衡。Based on the above solution, the network device encodes a set of blocks to be encoded. During this process, the network device can dynamically adjust network coding parameters according to channel conditions, traffic fluctuations and other factors. Among them, the network device can first determine a part of network coding parameters, and then determine another part of the network coding parameters, so that the network coding parameters can be dynamically adjusted in real time according to factors such as traffic fluctuations, so as to obtain resource overhead and network coding reliability. and the balance between processing latency.
图15为本申请实施例提供的一种数据处理的方法1500的一示意图。如图15所示,该方法包括如下步骤:FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of a data processing method 1500 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 15, the method includes the following steps:
S1501,终端设备向网络设备发送网络编码能力信息,对应的,网络设备接收来自终端设备的网络编码能力信息。S1501, the terminal device sends the network coding capability information to the network device, and correspondingly, the network device receives the network coding capability information from the terminal device.
可选地,终端设备可以向网络设备发送网络编码能力信息,其中,网络编码能力信息包括终端设备支持网络编码的能力的信息。Optionally, the terminal device may send network coding capability information to the network device, where the network coding capability information includes information about the capability of the terminal device to support network coding.
S1502,网络设备向终端设备发送配置信息。对应的,终端设备接收来自网络设备的配置信息。S1502, the network device sends configuration information to the terminal device. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the configuration information from the network device.
可选地,网络设备可以向终端设备发送配置信息,其中,配置信息包括至少一组网络编码的参数,用于对一组待编码块进行编码。Optionally, the network device may send configuration information to the terminal device, where the configuration information includes at least one set of network coding parameters for coding a set of blocks to be coded.
具体地,关于配置信息的描述,可以参考上述S701中的配置信息的相关描述,为了简洁,本申请在此不做赘述。Specifically, for the description of the configuration information, reference may be made to the relevant description of the configuration information in the foregoing S701, and for the sake of brevity, this application will not repeat them here.
S1503a,网络设备向终端设备发送第一指示信息,对应的,终端设备接收来自网络设备的第一指示信息。S1503a, the network device sends the first indication information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the first indication information from the network device.
可选地,网络设备可以向终端设备发送第一指示信息,该第一指示信息指示至少一个网络编码的参数,用于对一组待编码块进行编码。Optionally, the network device may send first indication information to the terminal device, where the first indication information indicates at least one network coding parameter for coding a group of blocks to be coded.
具体地,关于第一指示信息的描述,可以参考上述S903a中的第一指示信息的相关描述,为了简洁,本申请在此不做赘述。Specifically, for the description of the first indication information, reference may be made to the relevant description of the first indication information in the foregoing S903a, and for brevity, this application will not repeat them here.
S1503b,网络设备向终端设备发送第二指示信息,对应的,终端设备接收来自网络设备的第二指示信息。S1503b, the network device sends the second indication information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the second indication information from the network device.
可选地,网络设备可以向终端设备发送第二指示信息,该第二指示信息指示第二网络 编码参数,用于对一组待编码块进行编码。Optionally, the network device may send second indication information to the terminal device, where the second indication information indicates a second network coding parameter for coding a group of blocks to be coded.
具体地,关于第二指示信息的描述,可以参考上述S903b中的第二指示信息的相关描述,为了简洁,本申请在此不做赘述。Specifically, for the description of the second indication information, reference may be made to the relevant description of the second indication information in the foregoing S903b. For brevity, this application will not repeat the description here.
应理解,在上述方案中,S1503a与S1503b只执行其中之一,当S1503a被执行,则S1503b被跳过;当S1503b为执行,则S1503a被跳过。It should be understood that in the above solution, only one of S1503a and S1503b is executed. When S1503a is executed, S1503b is skipped; when S1503b is executed, S1503a is skipped.
S1504,终端设备向网络设备发送第四指示信息,对应的,终端设备接收来自网络设备的第四指示信息。S1504, the terminal device sends fourth indication information to the network device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the fourth indication information from the network device.
可选地,终端设备可以向网络设备发送激活反馈信息,激活反馈信息用于指示终端设备的第一通道使用网络编码功能。Optionally, the terminal device may send activation feedback information to the network device, where the activation feedback information is used to instruct the first channel of the terminal device to use the network coding function.
具体地,关于激活反馈信息的描述,可以参考上述S904中的激活反馈信息的相关描述,为了简洁,本申请在此不做赘述。Specifically, for the description of the activation feedback information, reference may be made to the relevant description of the activation feedback information in the foregoing S904. For brevity, this application will not repeat them here.
S1505,终端设备生成第二数据包。S1505, the terminal device generates a second data packet.
示例地,终端设备可以根据逻辑信道优先级的排序,对一组待编码块进行编码,获得第二编码块,并且,对第二编码块进行至少一次处理,获得第二数据包。For example, the terminal device may encode a group of blocks to be encoded to obtain a second encoded block according to the ordering of logical channel priorities, and perform at least one processing on the second encoded block to obtain a second data packet.
在可能实现的一种方式中,第二数据包包括第六指示信息,第六指示信息指示包含第二编码块的子数据包在第二数据包中的位置。In a possible implementation manner, the second data packet includes sixth indication information, and the sixth indication information indicates the position of the sub-data packet including the second coding block in the second data packet.
具体地,第六指示信息可以通过指示第二数据包的第一子数据包与包括第二编码块的子数据包的偏移,确定包含第二编码块的子数据包在第二数据包中的位置。Specifically, the sixth indication information may determine that the sub-packet including the second encoding block is in the second data packet by indicating the offset of the first sub-packet of the second data packet and the sub-packet including the second encoding block s position.
在可能实现的一种方式中,可以通过第一子数据包的头部位置与包括第二编码块的子数据包的头部位置的偏移,确定包括第二编码块的子数据包的位置,其中,第一子数据包为用于指示包括第二编码块的子数据包的位置的子数据包。图16为本申请实施例提供的第二数据包的一示意图。如图16所示,可以通过在第二数据包中引入第一子数据包,第一子数据包包含一个固定长度的MAC CE,用于指示第一子数据包相对网络编码包,即,包括第二编码块的子数据包的头部的偏移量(字节数或比特数)。进一步地,还包括包含第二编码块的子数据包的总长度信息。优选地,可以将第一子数据包放在最前面,并将包括第二编码块的子数据包紧挨在一起放置。In a possible implementation manner, the position of the sub-packet including the second encoding block may be determined by the offset between the header position of the first sub-packet and the header position of the sub-packet including the second encoding block , wherein the first sub-packet is a sub-packet used to indicate the position of the sub-packet including the second coding block. FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of a second data packet provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 16 , by introducing a first sub-data packet into the second data packet, the first sub-data packet contains a fixed-length MAC CE, which is used to indicate that the first sub-data packet is relative to the network coding packet, that is, includes The offset (bytes or bits) of the header of the subpacket of the second encoding block. Further, the total length information of the sub-data packets including the second coding block is also included. Preferably, the first sub-packet can be placed first, and the sub-packets including the second coding block can be placed next to each other.
在可能实现的另一种方式中,可以通过第一子数据包的尾部位置与包括第二编码块的子数据包的头部位置的偏移,确定包括第二编码块的子数据包的位置。图17为本申请实施例提供的第二数据包的另一示意图。如图17所示,可以通过在第二数据包中引入第一子数据包,第一子数据包包含一个固定长度的MAC CE,用于指示第一子数据包相对网络编码包,即,包括第二编码块的子数据包的尾部的偏移量(字节数或比特数)。进一步地,还包括包含第二编码块的子数据包的总长度信息。优选地,可以将第一子数据包放在最前面,并将,包括第二编码块的子数据包紧挨在一起放置。从而,使得相对于第一子数据块头部与包含第二编码块的子数据包的头部的偏移量而言,第一子数据块尾部与包含第二编码块的子数据包的头部的偏移量的值较小,可以减小开销。In another possible implementation manner, the position of the sub-packet including the second encoding block may be determined by the offset between the tail position of the first sub-packet and the head position of the sub-packet including the second encoding block . FIG. 17 is another schematic diagram of a second data packet provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 17 , by introducing a first sub-data packet into the second data packet, the first sub-data packet contains a fixed-length MAC CE, which is used to indicate that the first sub-data packet is relative to the network coding packet, that is, includes The offset (bytes or bits) of the end of the subpacket of the second encoding block. Further, the total length information of the sub-data packets including the second coding block is also included. Preferably, the first sub-packet can be placed at the front, and the sub-packets including the second coding block can be placed next to each other. Thereby, with respect to the offset of the header of the first sub-block and the header of the sub-packet containing the second coding block, the tail of the first sub-block and the header of the sub-packet containing the second coding block The value of the offset of the part is small, which can reduce the overhead.
在可能实现的另一种方式中,可以通过MAC CE指示包括第二编码块的子数据块在第二数据包(即,MAC PDU)中的位置的同时,还可以指示第二编码块对应的逻辑信道标识。图18为本申请实施例提供的第二数据包的另一示意图。如图18所示,考虑引入第一子数据包,第一子数据包包含一个可变长度的MAC CE,该MAC CE包括一个MAC子 头,该MAC子头的L字段指示MAC CE的长度,F字段指示L字段的比特长度是8比特还是16比特;MAC CE携带第二编码块对应的逻辑信道标识、包括第二编码块的子数据包在第二数据包的起始位置和包括第二编码块的子数据包在第二数据包中的总长度。从而,当有不同逻辑信道的网络编码块的大小不相等时,MAC层可参考各自的编码块大小提取MAC子PDU(即,子数据包)。同时,通过参考上述表2的内容,当逻辑信道标识比特较多,可以通过较短比特的标识来对应一个逻辑信道标识,从而减少指示开销。In another possible implementation manner, the location of the sub-data block including the second coding block in the second data packet (that is, the MAC PDU) may be indicated by the MAC CE, and the corresponding data of the second coding block may also be indicated. Logical channel identifier. FIG. 18 is another schematic diagram of a second data packet provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 18, consider introducing the first sub-packet, the first sub-packet contains a variable-length MAC CE, the MAC CE includes a MAC subheader, and the L field of the MAC subheader indicates the length of the MAC CE, The F field indicates whether the bit length of the L field is 8 bits or 16 bits; the MAC CE carries the logical channel identifier corresponding to the second coding block, and the sub-data packet including the second coding block is at the start position of the second data packet and includes the second The total length of the subpackets of the encoded block in the second packet. Therefore, when the sizes of network coding blocks with different logical channels are not equal, the MAC layer can extract MAC sub-PDUs (ie, sub-data packets) with reference to the respective coding block sizes. Meanwhile, by referring to the contents of Table 2 above, when there are more logical channel identifier bits, a logical channel identifier with a shorter bit can be used to correspond to one logical channel identifier, thereby reducing the indication overhead.
可选地,若MAC CE已经指示了逻辑信道,而且同一个MAC SDU的长度一样,为了减少子头开销,网络设备可不对编码块的MAC子PDU中添加MAC子头。Optionally, if the MAC CE has indicated a logical channel, and the length of the same MAC SDU is the same, in order to reduce the subheader overhead, the network device may not add the MAC subheader to the MAC subPDU of the coding block.
S1506,终端设备向网络设备发送第二数据包,对应的,网络设备接收来自终端设备的第二数据包。S1506, the terminal device sends the second data packet to the network device, and correspondingly, the network device receives the second data packet from the terminal device.
若网络设备指示终端设备授权用于某个逻辑信道发送,则终端设备通过该授权进行发送该逻辑信道的第二数据包。If the network device instructs the terminal device to authorize the sending of a certain logical channel, the terminal device sends the second data packet of the logical channel through the authorization.
示例地,终端设备可以向网络设备发送第二数据包,网络设备可以根据第六指示信息确定包括第二编码块的子数据包在第二数据包中的位置。For example, the terminal device may send the second data packet to the network device, and the network device may determine the position of the sub-data packet including the second coding block in the second data packet according to the sixth indication information.
基于上述方案,可以通过第一子数据包与包括第二编码块的子数据包的偏移,确定包括第二编码块的子数据包在第二数据包中的位置,从而,在CRC校验失败的情况下,MAC层能准确提取编码块,向上层递交,使能网络编码功能。Based on the above solution, the position of the sub-packet including the second encoding block in the second data packet can be determined by the offset of the first sub-packet and the sub-packet including the second encoding block, so that in the CRC check In the case of failure, the MAC layer can accurately extract the coding block, submit it to the upper layer, and enable the network coding function.
图19为本申请实施例提供的一种数据处理的方法1900的一示意图。如图19所示,该方法包括如下步骤:FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram of a data processing method 1900 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 19, the method includes the following steps:
S1901,终端设备向网络设备发送网络编码能力信息,对应的,网络设备接收来自终端设备的网络编码能力信息。S1901, the terminal device sends the network coding capability information to the network device, and correspondingly, the network device receives the network coding capability information from the terminal device.
可选地,终端设备可以向网络设备发送网络编码能力信息,其中,网络编码能力信息指示终端设备支持网络编码的能力。Optionally, the terminal device may send network coding capability information to the network device, where the network coding capability information indicates the capability of the terminal device to support network coding.
S1902,网络设备向终端设备发送配置信息,对应的,终端设备接收来自网络设备的配置信息。S1902, the network device sends configuration information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the configuration information from the network device.
可选地,网络设备可以向终端设备发送配置信息,其中,配置信息指示至少一组网络编码的参数,用于对一组待编码块进行编码。Optionally, the network device may send configuration information to the terminal device, where the configuration information indicates at least one set of network coding parameters for coding a set of to-be-coded blocks.
具体地,关于配置信息的描述,可以参考上述S701中的配置信息的相关描述,为了简洁,本申请在此不做赘述。Specifically, for the description of the configuration information, reference may be made to the relevant description of the configuration information in the foregoing S701, and for the sake of brevity, this application will not repeat them here.
S1903a,网络设备向终端设备发送第一指示信息,对应的,终端设备接收来自网络设备的第一指示信息。S1903a, the network device sends the first indication information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the first indication information from the network device.
可选地,网络设备可以向终端设备发送第一指示信息,该第一指示信息指示至少一个网络编码的参数,用于对一组待编码块进行编码。Optionally, the network device may send first indication information to the terminal device, where the first indication information indicates at least one network coding parameter for coding a group of blocks to be coded.
具体地,关于第一指示信息的描述,可以参考上述S903a中的第一指示信息的相关描述,为了简洁,本申请在此不做赘述。Specifically, for the description of the first indication information, reference may be made to the relevant description of the first indication information in the foregoing S903a, and for brevity, this application will not repeat them here.
S1903b,网络设备向终端设备发送第二指示信息,对应的,终端设备接收来自网络设备的第二指示信息。S1903b, the network device sends the second indication information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the second indication information from the network device.
可选地,网络设备可以向终端设备发送第二指示信息,该第二指示信息指示第二网络编码参数,用于对一组待编码块进行编码。Optionally, the network device may send second indication information to the terminal device, where the second indication information indicates the second network coding parameter, which is used for coding a group of blocks to be coded.
具体地,关于第二指示信息的描述,可以参考上述S903b中的第二指示信息的相关描述,为了简洁,本申请在此不做赘述。Specifically, for the description of the second indication information, reference may be made to the relevant description of the second indication information in the foregoing S903b. For brevity, this application will not repeat the description here.
应理解,在上述方案中,S1903a与S1903b只执行其中之一,当S1903a被执行,则S1903b被跳过;当S1903b为执行,则S1903a被跳过。It should be understood that in the above solution, only one of S1903a and S1903b is executed. When S1903a is executed, S1903b is skipped; when S1903b is executed, S1903a is skipped.
S1904,终端设备向网络设备发送激活反馈信息,对应的,网络设备接收来自终端设备的激活反馈信息。S1904, the terminal device sends activation feedback information to the network device, and correspondingly, the network device receives the activation feedback information from the terminal device.
可选地,终端设备可以向网络设备发送激活反馈信息,激活反馈信息用于指示终端设备的第一通道使用网络编码功能。进一步地,激活反馈信息可以为MAC CE信令的形式。Optionally, the terminal device may send activation feedback information to the network device, where the activation feedback information is used to instruct the first channel of the terminal device to use the network coding function. Further, the activation feedback information may be in the form of MAC CE signaling.
具体地,关于激活反馈信息的描述,可以参考上述S904中的激活反馈信息的相关描述,为了简洁,本申请在此不做赘述。Specifically, for the description of the activation feedback information, reference may be made to the relevant description of the activation feedback information in the foregoing S904. For brevity, this application will not repeat them here.
S1905,网络设备生成第二数据包。S1905, the network device generates a second data packet.
示例地,网络设备可以根据逻辑信道优先级的排序,对一组待编码块进行编码,获得第二编码块,并且,对第二编码块进行至少一次处理,获得第二数据包。For example, the network device may encode a group of blocks to be encoded to obtain a second encoded block according to the ordering of logical channel priorities, and perform at least one processing on the second encoded block to obtain a second data packet.
在可能实现的一种方式中,第二数据包包括第六指示信息,第六指示信息指示包含第二编码块的子数据包在第二数据包中的位置。In a possible implementation manner, the second data packet includes sixth indication information, and the sixth indication information indicates the position of the sub-data packet including the second coding block in the second data packet.
具体地,关于第六指示信息的描述,可以参考S1505中关于第六指示信息的描述,为了简洁,本申请在此不再赘述。Specifically, for the description of the sixth indication information, reference may be made to the description of the sixth indication information in S1505, which is not repeated in this application for the sake of brevity.
此外,第六指示信息还可以承载于DCI中,网络设备可以通过向终端设备发送包括第六指示信息的DCI信息,使得终端设备获取第六指示信息。In addition, the sixth indication information may also be carried in the DCI, and the network device may enable the terminal device to acquire the sixth indication information by sending the DCI information including the sixth indication information to the terminal device.
S1906,网络设备向终端设备发送第二数据包,对应的,终端设备接收来自网络设备的第二数据包。S1906, the network device sends the second data packet to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the second data packet from the network device.
示例地,网络设备可以向终端设备发送第二数据包,终端设备可以根据第六指示信息确定包括第二编码块的子数据包在第二数据包中的位置。For example, the network device may send the second data packet to the terminal device, and the terminal device may determine the position of the sub-data packet including the second coding block in the second data packet according to the sixth indication information.
基于上述方案,可以通过第一子数据包与包括第二编码块的子数据包的偏移,确定包括第二编码块的子数据包在第二数据包中的位置,从而,在CRC校验失败的情况下,MAC层能准确提取编码块,向上层递交。Based on the above solution, the position of the sub-packet including the second encoding block in the second data packet can be determined by the offset of the first sub-packet and the sub-packet including the second encoding block, so that in the CRC check In the case of failure, the MAC layer can accurately extract the encoded block and submit it to the upper layer.
图20是本申请实施例提供的一种数据处理的方法2000的一示意图。如图20所示,该方法包括如下步骤:FIG. 20 is a schematic diagram of a data processing method 2000 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 20, the method includes the following steps:
S2001,终端设备生成第二数据包。S2001, a terminal device generates a second data packet.
示例地,终端设备生成第二数据包,其中,第二数据包包括校验码,校验码是在MAC层根据包含第二编码块的子数据包生成的,校验码与包含所述第二编码块的子数据包一一对应,且校验码用于确定包括第二编码块的子数据包是否正确接收。Exemplarily, the terminal device generates a second data packet, wherein the second data packet includes a check code, and the check code is generated at the MAC layer according to the sub-data packet including the second coding block, and the check code is the same as that including the first code block. The sub-data packets of the two coding blocks are in one-to-one correspondence, and the check code is used to determine whether the sub-data packets including the second coding block are correctly received.
在可能实现的一种方式中,终端设备可以根据第二数据包(可视为MAC PDU)中的每一个子数据包生成一个CRC,并CRC添加到子数据包的后面。图21为本申请实施例提出的生成CRC的第二数据包的一示意图。如图21所示,第一子数据块用于指示包括第二编码块的MAC子PDU在第二数据包中的位置,第二编码块为网络编码块。终端设备将每个包含第二编码块的MAC子PDU生成CRC,添加到该MAC子PDU的后面。其中,对于不包括第二编码块的MAC子PDU生成CRC,可选生成并添加CRC到每个MAC子PDU的后面。网络设备在收到该第二数据包之后,MAC层可以将CRC通过验证的MAC 子PDU的MAC SDU向RLC层递交。同时,在此方案中,也可以将CRC放置在每个MAC子PDU的前面。In a possible implementation manner, the terminal device may generate a CRC according to each sub-data packet in the second data packet (may be regarded as a MAC PDU), and add the CRC to the back of the sub-data packet. FIG. 21 is a schematic diagram of a second data packet for generating a CRC according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 21 , the first sub-data block is used to indicate the position of the MAC sub-PDU including the second coding block in the second data packet, and the second coding block is a network coding block. The terminal device generates a CRC for each MAC sub-PDU containing the second coding block, and adds it to the back of the MAC sub-PDU. Wherein, for the MAC sub-PDU that does not include the second coding block, a CRC is generated, and a CRC is optionally generated and added to the back of each MAC sub-PDU. After the network device receives the second data packet, the MAC layer may submit the MAC SDU of the MAC sub-PDU whose CRC has passed the verification to the RLC layer. Meanwhile, in this scheme, the CRC can also be placed in front of each MAC sub-PDU.
在可能实现的另一种方式中,图22为本申请实施例提出的生成CRC的第二数据包的另一示意图。如图22所示,终端设备可以将第二数据包(可视为MAC PDU)中的所有MAC子头放在一起作为MAC头,在MAC PDU的最前面,对MAC头添加CRC,对每个包含第二编码块的MAC SDU添加CRC,进一步地,可以对每个MAC SDU添加CRC。其中,第一子数据块用于指示包括第二编码块的MAC子PDU在第二数据包中的位置,第二编码块为网络编码块。从而,MAC层可以首先验证MAC头部和MAC CE的CRC是正确的,才对MAC SDU进行CRC校验。网络设备在收到该第二数据包之后,MAC层将CRC通过验证的MAC头所对应的MAC SDU向RLC层递交。In another possible implementation manner, FIG. 22 is another schematic diagram of generating a second data packet of a CRC according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 22, the terminal device can put together all the MAC subheaders in the second data packet (which can be regarded as a MAC PDU) as a MAC header, add a CRC to the MAC header at the top of the MAC PDU, and add a CRC to each MAC header. A CRC is added to the MAC SDU containing the second coding block, and further, a CRC may be added to each MAC SDU. The first sub-data block is used to indicate the position of the MAC sub-PDU including the second encoding block in the second data packet, and the second encoding block is a network encoding block. Therefore, the MAC layer can first verify that the CRC of the MAC header and the MAC CE are correct, and then perform the CRC check on the MAC SDU. After the network device receives the second data packet, the MAC layer submits the MAC SDU corresponding to the MAC header verified by the CRC to the RLC layer.
应理解,网络编码的添加CRC生成步骤和其他功能可以在同一个协议层,也可以在不同的层。上述方案适用于以下可能的方案:It should be understood that the step of adding CRC generation and other functions of network coding may be at the same protocol layer or at different layers. The above scenario applies to the following possible scenarios:
表3table 3
Figure PCTCN2022084388-appb-000004
Figure PCTCN2022084388-appb-000004
在表3中,除了方案6和方案7,数字计算机控制的功能放在现有的协议层;并且,图23是适用于本实施例的网络架构的一示意图。如图23所示,方案6和方案7的网络架构可以为以下任意两种:In Table 3, except for scheme 6 and scheme 7, the functions of digital computer control are placed on the existing protocol layer; and, FIG. 23 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture suitable for this embodiment. As shown in Figure 23, the network architectures of Scheme 6 and Scheme 7 can be any of the following two:
(a)NC层在PDCP和RLC之间的新层处于集中单元用户平面(CU-UP)逻辑实体;(a) The new layer of the NC layer between PDCP and RLC is in the centralized unit user plane (CU-UP) logical entity;
(b)NC层处于分布单元(DU)逻辑实体。(b) The NC layer is in the distribution unit (DU) logical entity.
S2002,终端设备向网络设备发送第二数据包,对应的,网络设备接收来自终端设备的第二数据包。S2002, the terminal device sends the second data packet to the network device, and correspondingly, the network device receives the second data packet from the terminal device.
示例地,终端设备可以向网络设备发送第二数据包,第二数据包包括校验码,校验码是终端设备在MAC层根据包含第二编码块的子数据包生成的,校验码与包含第二编码块的子数据包一一对应,校验码用于确定包括第二编码块的子数据包是否正确接收。Exemplarily, the terminal device may send a second data packet to the network device, where the second data packet includes a check code, the check code is generated by the terminal device at the MAC layer according to the sub-data packet containing the second coding block, and the check code is the same as the The sub-data packets including the second coding block are in one-to-one correspondence, and the check code is used to determine whether the sub-data packets including the second coding block are received correctly.
基于上述方案,通过在第二数据包中添加校验包,并与包含第二编码块的子数据包一一对应,可以将CRC校验通过的包含第二编码块的子数据包向上层发送,使得在CRC校 验失败的情况下,能够将正确的包含第二编码块的子数据包递交至上层进行解码,将容错和解码功能解耦,有助于获得网络编码的增益,使能上层的网络编码功能正常工作。Based on the above solution, by adding a check packet to the second data packet and corresponding to the sub-data packet containing the second coding block one-to-one, the sub-data packet containing the second coding block that has passed the CRC check can be sent to the upper layer , so that when the CRC check fails, the correct sub-packet containing the second coding block can be delivered to the upper layer for decoding, and the fault tolerance and decoding functions are decoupled, which helps to obtain the gain of network coding and enables the upper layer. The network coding function works fine.
图24为本申请实施例提供的一种数据处理的方法2400的一示意图。如图24所示,该方法包括如下步骤:FIG. 24 is a schematic diagram of a data processing method 2400 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 24, the method includes the following steps:
S2401,网络设备生成第二数据包。S2401, the network device generates a second data packet.
示例地,网络设备生成第二数据包,其中,第二数据包包括校验码,校验码是在MAC层根据包含第二编码块的子数据包生成的,校验码与包含所述第二编码块的子数据包一一对应,且校验码用于确定包括第二编码块的子数据包是否正确接收。Exemplarily, the network device generates a second data packet, wherein the second data packet includes a check code, the check code is generated at the MAC layer according to the sub-data packet containing the second coding block, and the check code is the same as that containing the first code block. The sub-data packets of the two coding blocks are in one-to-one correspondence, and the check code is used to determine whether the sub-data packets including the second coding block are correctly received.
具体地,关于网络设备在第二数据包中生成校验码的描述,可以参考S2001中关于终端设备在第二数据包中生成校验码的描述,只需将执行主体由终端设备替换为网络设备,为了简洁,本申请在此不再赘述。Specifically, for the description of the check code generated by the network device in the second data packet, you can refer to the description of the check code generated by the terminal device in the second data packet in S2001, and the execution body only needs to be replaced by the terminal device with the network Equipment, for the sake of brevity, this application will not repeat them here.
S2402,网络设备向终端设备发送第二数据包,对应的,终端设备接收来自网络设备的第二数据包。S2402, the network device sends the second data packet to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the second data packet from the network device.
示例地,网络设备可以向终端设备发送第二数据包,第二数据包包括校验码,校验码是网络设备在MAC层根据包含第二编码块的子数据包生成的,校验码与包含第二编码块的子数据包一一对应,校验码用于确定包括第二编码块的子数据包是否正确接收。Exemplarily, the network device may send a second data packet to the terminal device, where the second data packet includes a check code, the check code is generated by the network device at the MAC layer according to the sub-data packet containing the second coding block, and the check code is the same as The sub-data packets including the second coding block are in one-to-one correspondence, and the check code is used to determine whether the sub-data packets including the second coding block are received correctly.
基于上述方案,通过在第二数据包中添加校验包,并与包含第二编码块的子数据包一一对应,可以将CRC校验通过的包含第二编码块的子数据包向上层发送,使得在CRC校验失败的情况下,能够将正确的包含第二编码块的子数据包递交至上层进行解码,将容错和解码功能解耦,有助于获得网络编码的增益,使能上层的网络编码功能正常工作。Based on the above solution, by adding a check packet to the second data packet and corresponding to the sub-data packet containing the second coding block one-to-one, the sub-data packet containing the second coding block that has passed the CRC check can be sent to the upper layer , so that when the CRC check fails, the correct sub-packet containing the second coding block can be delivered to the upper layer for decoding, and the fault tolerance and decoding functions are decoupled, which helps to obtain the gain of network coding and enables the upper layer. The network coding function works fine.
图28为本申请实施例提供的一种数据处理的方法2800的一示意图。如图28所示,该方法包括如下步骤:FIG. 28 is a schematic diagram of a data processing method 2800 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 28, the method includes the following steps:
S2501,网络设备确定第一编码块的数量。S2501, the network device determines the number of first coding blocks.
示例地,网络设备可以根据待调度的资源的大小、编码块大小,以及待编码块与编码块的比例确定第一编码块中的编码块的数量,从而,一次传输只生成一个编码块组。For example, the network device may determine the number of coding blocks in the first coding block according to the size of the resource to be scheduled, the size of the coding block, and the ratio of the to-be-coded block to the coding block, so that only one coding block group is generated for one transmission.
S2502,网络设备向终端设备发送第七指示信息,对应的,终端设备接收来自网络设备的第七指示信息。S2502, the network device sends seventh indication information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the seventh indication information from the network device.
示例地,网络设备可以向终端设备发送第七指示信息,该第七指示信息指示终端设备调度上行授权。For example, the network device may send seventh indication information to the terminal device, where the seventh indication information instructs the terminal device to schedule an uplink grant.
具体地,网络设备可以向终端设备发送调度上行授权的第七指示信息,同时,第七指示信息可以指示以下网络编码参数中的至少两种参数:N、第一编码块中的每一个编码块的比特大小,以及N与M的比值。其中,N为一组待编码块中待编码块的数量,M为第一编码块中编码块的数量,第一编码块为一组待编码块进行网络编码后获得的编码块。Specifically, the network device may send seventh indication information for scheduling uplink grants to the terminal device, and at the same time, the seventh indication information may indicate at least two of the following network coding parameters: N, each coding block in the first coding block The bit size of , and the ratio of N to M. Wherein, N is the number of blocks to be coded in a group of blocks to be coded, M is the number of coded blocks in the first coding block, and the first coding block is a coding block obtained by performing network coding on a set of blocks to be coded.
可选地,第七指示信息指示的网络编码参数中的一个参数也可以为终端设备预定义或协议约定的网络编码参数,当第七指示信息指示的网络编码参数中的一个参数为终端设备预定义或协议约定的网络编码参数,第七指示信息可以只指示网络编码参数中的一个参数,且该参数与终端设备预定义或协议约定的网络编码参数不同。Optionally, a parameter in the network coding parameters indicated by the seventh indication information may also be a network coding parameter predefined by the terminal device or agreed in a protocol, when one parameter in the network coding parameters indicated by the seventh indication information is a network coding parameter pre-defined by the terminal device. The network coding parameters defined or agreed in the protocol, the seventh indication information may only indicate one parameter in the network coding parameters, and the parameter is different from the network coding parameters predefined or agreed by the protocol.
应理解,第七指示信息可以承载于网络设备在调度终端设备上行网络编码传输中的DCI中,也可以在随路的MAC CE中,本申请在此不做限制。其中,当第七指示信息承 载于实时调度数据传输的PDCCH中的DCI时,该DCI可以指示用于当前DCI调度上行授权所能传输的上行数据的网络编码参数。It should be understood that the seventh indication information may be carried in the DCI of the network equipment in the scheduling of the terminal equipment uplink network coding transmission, or may be in the MAC CE associated with the path, which is not limited in this application. Wherein, when the seventh indication information is carried in the DCI in the PDCCH of the real-time scheduling data transmission, the DCI may indicate the network coding parameter for the uplink data that can be transmitted by the current DCI scheduling uplink grant.
S2503,终端设备生成第二数据包。S2503, the terminal device generates a second data packet.
示例地,终端设备的MAC层向PDCP层指示待传输的第一编码块的编码块数量,PDCP层根据MAC层的指示,确定待传输的第一编码块的编码块的数量,递交至MAC层,MAC层将第一编码块中的编码块复用在一起,生成第二数据包,即,MAC PDU。For example, the MAC layer of the terminal device indicates to the PDCP layer the number of encoding blocks of the first encoding block to be transmitted, and the PDCP layer determines the number of encoding blocks of the first encoding block to be transmitted according to the indication of the MAC layer, and submits it to the MAC layer. , the MAC layer multiplexes the coding blocks in the first coding block together to generate a second data packet, that is, a MAC PDU.
S2504,终端设备向网络设备发送第二数据包,对应的,网络设备接收来自终端设备的第二数据包。S2504, the terminal device sends the second data packet to the network device, and correspondingly, the network device receives the second data packet from the terminal device.
示例地,终端设备在生成第二数据包之后,可以向网络设备发送第二数据包。For example, after generating the second data packet, the terminal device may send the second data packet to the network device.
S2505,网络设备对第二数据包进行解码。S2505, the network device decodes the second data packet.
示例地,网络设备接收第二数据包之后,根据PDCCH指示的编码参数进行解码。For example, after receiving the second data packet, the network device performs decoding according to the coding parameter indicated by the PDCCH.
具体地,网络设备可以解析MAC PDU(第二数据包)获得MAC子PDU,将通过CRC校验的MAC子PDU向RLC层递交MAC SDU,RLC层向PDCP递交PDCP PDU;网络设备的PDCP层根据编码参数确定当前编码组内的编码块块数Z,将小于或等于Z的编码块放入解码实体进行解码。Specifically, the network device can parse the MAC PDU (second data packet) to obtain the MAC sub-PDU, and submit the MAC sub-PDU that has passed the CRC check to the RLC layer, and the RLC layer submits the PDCP PDU to the PDCP; The coding parameter determines the number of coding blocks Z in the current coding group, and puts the coding blocks less than or equal to Z into the decoding entity for decoding.
若网络编码功能在其他层,比如RLC层或新协议层,RLC层或新协议层收到下层递交的包,则网络设备可以在所述其它层进行解码。If the network coding function is at other layers, such as the RLC layer or the new protocol layer, and the RLC layer or the new protocol layer receives the packet delivered by the lower layer, the network device can perform decoding at the other layer.
基于上述方案,网络设备可以指示编码块的网络编码参数,通过实时生成网络编码参数,从而避免分成多组编码包,增加编解码的处理时延。Based on the above solution, the network device can indicate the network coding parameters of the coding block, and generate the network coding parameters in real time, thereby avoiding dividing into multiple sets of coding packets and increasing the processing delay of coding and decoding.
图26为本申请实施例提供的一种数据处理的方法2600的一示意图。如图26所示,该方法包括如下步骤:FIG. 26 is a schematic diagram of a data processing method 2600 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 26, the method includes the following steps:
S2601,网络设备确定第一编码块的数量。S2601, the network device determines the number of first coding blocks.
示例地,网络设备可以根据下一次调度的资源的大小、编码块大小,以及待编码块与编码块的比例确定第一编码块中的编码块的数量,即,一次传输只生成一个编码块组。For example, the network device may determine the number of coding blocks in the first coding block according to the size of the next scheduled resource, the size of the coding block, and the ratio of the block to be coded to the coding block, that is, only one coding block group is generated for one transmission. .
S2602,网络设备向终端设备发送第八指示信息,对应的,终端设备接收来自网络设备的第七指示信息。S2602, the network device sends the eighth indication information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the seventh indication information from the network device.
示例地,网络设备可以向终端设备发送第八指示信息,该第一指示信息指示网络编码参数。For example, the network device may send eighth indication information to the terminal device, where the first indication information indicates a network coding parameter.
具体地,网络设备可以向终端设备发送第八指示信息,该第八指示信息可以指示以下网络编码参数中的至少两种参数:N、第一编码块中的每一个编码块的比特大小,以及N与M的比值。其中,N为一组待编码块中待编码块的数量,M为第一编码块中编码块的数量,第一编码块为一组待编码块进行网络编码后获得的编码块。Specifically, the network device may send eighth indication information to the terminal device, where the eighth indication information may indicate at least two of the following network coding parameters: N, the bit size of each coding block in the first coding block, and The ratio of N to M. Wherein, N is the number of blocks to be coded in a group of blocks to be coded, M is the number of coded blocks in the first coding block, and the first coding block is a coding block obtained by performing network coding on a set of blocks to be coded.
应理解,第八指示信息可以承载于网络设备在调度终端设备下行网络编码传输中的DCI中,也可以在随路的MAC CE中,本申请在此不做限制。其中,当第八指示信息承载于实时调度数据传输的PDCCH中的DCI时,该DCI可以指示用于当前DCI调度传输的下行数据的网络编码参数。It should be understood that the eighth indication information may be carried in the DCI of the network device in the downlink network coding transmission of the scheduling terminal device, or may be in the MAC CE associated with the path, which is not limited in this application. Wherein, when the eighth indication information is carried in the DCI in the PDCCH of the real-time scheduled data transmission, the DCI may indicate the network coding parameter used for the downlink data of the current DCI scheduled transmission.
S2603,网络设备生成第二数据包。S2603, the network device generates a second data packet.
示例地,网络设备的MAC层向PDCP层指示待传输的第一编码块的编码块数量,PDCP层根据MAC层的指示,确定待传输的第一编码块的编码块的数量,递交至MAC 层,MAC层将第一编码块中的编码块复用在一起,生成第二数据包,即,MAC PDU。For example, the MAC layer of the network device indicates to the PDCP layer the number of encoding blocks of the first encoding block to be transmitted, and the PDCP layer determines the number of encoding blocks of the first encoding block to be transmitted according to the indication of the MAC layer, and submits it to the MAC layer. , the MAC layer multiplexes the coding blocks in the first coding block together to generate a second data packet, that is, a MAC PDU.
S2604,网络设备向终端设备发送第二数据包,对应的,终端设备接收来自网络设备的第二数据包。S2604, the network device sends the second data packet to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the second data packet from the network device.
示例地,网络设备在生成第二数据包之后,可以向终端设备发送第二数据包。For example, after generating the second data packet, the network device may send the second data packet to the terminal device.
S2605,终端设备对第二数据包进行解码。S2605, the terminal device decodes the second data packet.
示例地,终端设备接收第二数据包之后,根据PDCCH指示的编码参数进行解码。For example, after receiving the second data packet, the terminal device performs decoding according to the coding parameter indicated by the PDCCH.
具体地,终端设备可以解析MAC PDU(第二数据包)获得MAC子PDU,将通过CRC校验的MAC子PDU向RLC层递交MAC SDU,RLC层向PDCP递交PDCP PDU;终端设备的PDCP层根据编码参数确定当前编码组内的编码块块数Z,将小于或等于Z的编码块放入解码实体进行解码。Specifically, the terminal device can parse the MAC PDU (second data packet) to obtain the MAC sub-PDU, and submit the MAC sub-PDU that has passed the CRC check to the RLC layer, and the RLC layer submits the PDCP PDU to the PDCP; the PDCP layer of the terminal device is based on The coding parameter determines the number of coding blocks Z in the current coding group, and puts the coding blocks less than or equal to Z into the decoding entity for decoding.
若网络编码功能在其他层,比如RLC层或新协议层,RLC层或新协议层收到下层递交的包,则终端设备在其它层进行解码。If the network coding function is in other layers, such as the RLC layer or the new protocol layer, the RLC layer or the new protocol layer receives the packet submitted by the lower layer, and the terminal device performs decoding in the other layer.
基于上述方案,网络设备可以指示编码块的网络编码参数,通过实时生成网络编码参数,从而避免分成多组编码包,增加编解码的处理时延。Based on the above solution, the network device can indicate the network coding parameters of the coding block, and generate the network coding parameters in real time, thereby avoiding dividing into multiple sets of coding packets and increasing the processing delay of coding and decoding.
图27为本申请实施例提供的一种数据处理的方法2700的一示意图。如图27所示,该方法包括如下步骤:FIG. 27 is a schematic diagram of a data processing method 2700 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 27, the method includes the following steps:
S2701,网络设备向终端设备发送第三指示信息,对应的,终端设备接收来自网络设备的第三指示信息。S2701, the network device sends third indication information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the third indication information from the network device.
示例地,网络设备可以向终端设备发送第三指示信息,该第三指示信息可以指示终端设备激活或去激活第一通道。For example, the network device may send third indication information to the terminal device, where the third indication information may instruct the terminal device to activate or deactivate the first channel.
具体地,当该第一通道为无线承载时,第三指示信息可以指示终端设备将某个无线承载从非网络编码操作转换为网络编码操作,或者从网络编码操作转换为非网络编码操作,即,指示终端设备对某个无线承载激活或去激活网络编码功能。图28为本申请实施例提供的第三指示信息的一示意图。如图28所示,第四字段指示具体的无线承载。举例而言,第四字段共8个比特,一个比特的位置对应一个配置了网络编码功能的数据无线承载标识,比特的值1表示激活这个比特位置对应的数据无线承载的网络编码功能,比特的值0表示去激活这个比特位置对应的数据无线承载的网络编码功能。按照配置了网络编码功能数据无线承载标识的大小的升序(或降序),对应比特0至比特8。Specifically, when the first channel is a wireless bearer, the third indication information may instruct the terminal device to convert a certain wireless bearer from a non-network coding operation to a network coding operation, or from a network coding operation to a non-network coding operation, that is, , instructs the terminal device to activate or deactivate the network coding function for a certain radio bearer. FIG. 28 is a schematic diagram of third indication information provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 28, the fourth field indicates a specific radio bearer. For example, the fourth field has a total of 8 bits. The position of one bit corresponds to the identifier of a data radio bearer configured with the network coding function. The value of the bit is 1 to activate the network coding function of the data radio bearer corresponding to this bit position. A value of 0 indicates that the network coding function of the data radio bearer corresponding to this bit position is deactivated. Bits 0 to 8 correspond to the ascending order (or descending order) of the size of the data radio bearer identifiers configured with the network coding function.
应理解,在上述方案中,当该第一通道为逻辑信道时,可以将无线承载替换为逻辑信道,一个比特的位置可以对应一个配置了网络编码功能的数据无线承载标识的一组逻辑信道。第一指示信息中可以携带一个无线承载的标识,以及激活或去激活该无线承载的一组逻辑信道中的网络编码的指示信息。It should be understood that in the above solution, when the first channel is a logical channel, the radio bearer can be replaced with a logical channel, and the position of one bit can correspond to a group of logical channels identified by a data radio bearer configured with a network coding function. The first indication information may carry an identifier of a radio bearer and indication information of activating or deactivating network coding in a group of logical channels of the radio bearer.
还应理解,网络设备可以通过发送物理层、PDCP层控制信令,以及MAC CE信令的形式发送第三指示信息,本申请在此不做限制。It should also be understood that the network device may send the third indication information in the form of sending physical layer, PDCP layer control signaling, and MAC CE signaling, which is not limited in this application.
S2702,终端设备激活第一通道的网络编码功能。S2702, the terminal device activates the network coding function of the first channel.
示例地,终端设备在接收第三指示信息之后,可以激活第一通道的网络编码功能。For example, after receiving the third indication information, the terminal device may activate the network coding function of the first channel.
具体地,终端设备在接收第三指示信息之后,可以根据第一指示信息激活或去激活指定的第一通道的网络编码功能,即,开启或停止使用对这个第一通道的数据生成带网络编码格式的编码包。Specifically, after receiving the third indication information, the terminal device can activate or deactivate the network coding function of the designated first channel according to the first indication information, that is, enable or stop using the data generation band network coding for the first channel. format encoding package.
S2703,终端设备生成第二数据包。S2703, the terminal device generates a second data packet.
示例地,终端设备可以生成第一数据包,对第一数据包进行至少一次处理,生成第二数据包。其中,第一数据包包括第五指示信息,第五指示信息指示第一数据包包括第二编码块,第二编码块为网络编码块。For example, the terminal device may generate a first data packet, and perform at least one processing on the first data packet to generate a second data packet. The first data packet includes fifth indication information, and the fifth indication information indicates that the first data packet includes a second encoding block, and the second encoding block is a network encoding block.
当终端设备从MAC CE信令接收第三指示信息时,空口可能存在重传,网络设备和终端设备对命令的生效时间存在模糊期。举例而言,终端设备从物理层信令收到去激活信令,终端设备可能已经产生的网络编码包正在空口发送或等待发送。因此,网络设备不清楚收到的哪个包为网络编码包。而网络编码包和非网络编码包的格式是不同的,若将非网络编码包放到网络编码功能实体解码可能产生错误。所以,若网络编码功能在PDCP层,需要终端设备的PDCP PDU的头中的一个字段,以指示PDCP SDU是否为网络编码包,即,包括第二编码块。When the terminal device receives the third indication information from the MAC CE signaling, there may be retransmission on the air interface, and the network device and the terminal device have an ambiguous period for the effective time of the command. For example, the terminal device receives the deactivation signaling from the physical layer signaling, and the network coding packet that the terminal device may have generated is being sent or waiting to be sent over the air interface. Therefore, the network device does not know which packet received is a network encoded packet. However, the formats of the network coding package and the non-network coding package are different, and errors may occur if the non-network coding package is put into the network coding functional entity for decoding. Therefore, if the network coding function is at the PDCP layer, a field in the header of the PDCP PDU of the terminal device is required to indicate whether the PDCP SDU is a network coding packet, that is, including the second coding block.
具体地,终端设备可以生成第一数据包(即,PDCP PDU),通过PDCP PDU中的一个字段指示某一个PDCP SDU是否为网络编码包。Specifically, the terminal device may generate a first data packet (that is, a PDCP PDU), and indicate whether a certain PDCP SDU is a network coding packet through a field in the PDCP PDU.
若网络编码功能在RLC层,在RLC PDU的头中的一个字段,以指示RLCSDU是否为网络编码包。If the network coding function is at the RLC layer, a field in the header of the RLC PDU to indicate whether the RLCSDU is a network coding packet.
若网络编码功能在新网络编码层,在网络编码层PDU的头中的一个字段,以指示RLCSDU是否为网络编码包。If the network coding function is in the new network coding layer, a field in the header of the network coding layer PDU to indicate whether the RLCSDU is a network coding packet.
若网络编码功能在SDAP层,在SDAPPDU的头中的一个字段,以指示SDAPSDU是否为网络编码包。If the network coding function is at the SDAP layer, a field in the header of the SDAPPDU to indicate whether the SDAPDU is a network coding packet.
在可能实现的一种方式中,图29为本申请实施例提供的第一数据包的一示意图。如图29所示,可以通过PDCP头中的1个比特的字段表征该PDCP SDU是否为网络编码包。例如,当该比特的值为1时,则表示该PDCP SDU为网络编码包(即,包括第二编码块);当该比特的值为0时,则表示该PDCP SDU为非网络编码包(即,不包括第二编码块)。In a possible implementation manner, FIG. 29 is a schematic diagram of the first data packet provided by this embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 29, whether the PDCP SDU is a network coding packet can be represented by a 1-bit field in the PDCP header. For example, when the value of this bit is 1, it means that the PDCP SDU is a network coding packet (that is, including the second coding block); when the value of this bit is 0, it means that the PDCP SDU is a non-network coding packet ( That is, the second coding block is not included).
在可能实现的另一种方式中,图30为本申请实施例提供的第一数据包的另一示意图。如图30所示,可以通过NC头中的1个比特的字段表征该SDAP SDU是否为网络编码包。例如,当该比特的值为1时,则表示该SDAP SDU为网络编码包(即,包括第二编码块);当该比特的值为0时,则表示该SDAP SDU为非网络编码包(即,不包括第二编码块)。In another possible implementation manner, FIG. 30 is another schematic diagram of the first data packet provided by this embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 30, whether the SDAP SDU is a network coding packet can be represented by a 1-bit field in the NC header. For example, when the value of this bit is 1, it means that the SDAP SDU is a network coding packet (that is, including the second coding block); when the value of this bit is 0, it means that the SDAP SDU is a non-network coding packet ( That is, the second coding block is not included).
应理解,除了上述情况之外,当一个业务的一个QoS流映射到无线承载,终端设备对一部分重要的业务数据进行网络编码,终端设备可以对另一部分非重要的业务数据不进行网络编码。也就是说,终端设备侧的一个PDCP实体可能产生网络编码包和非网络编码包,网络设备侧的一个PDCP实体也可能收到网络编码包和非网络编码包。因此,PDCP PDU也需要一个字段来指示数据包是否为网络编码包。It should be understood that, in addition to the above cases, when a QoS flow of a service is mapped to a radio bearer, the terminal device performs network coding on a part of important service data, and the terminal device may not perform network coding on another part of unimportant service data. That is to say, a PDCP entity on the terminal device side may generate network coding packets and non-network coding packets, and a PDCP entity on the network device side may also receive network coding packets and non-network coding packets. Therefore, the PDCP PDU also needs a field to indicate whether the packet is a network encoded packet.
S2704,终端设备向网络设备发送第二数据包,对应的,网络设备接收来自终端设备的第二数据包。S2704, the terminal device sends the second data packet to the network device, and correspondingly, the network device receives the second data packet from the terminal device.
示例地,终端设备可以向网络设备发送第二数据包。For example, the terminal device may send the second data packet to the network device.
基于上述方案,通过第一指示信息,在激活网络编码功能生成网络编码包时,第一数据包包括网络编码包(即,第二编码块);在去激活网络编码功能生成非网络编码包时,第一数据包不包括网络编码包(即,第二编码块),可以改善关闭或开启网络编码功能的生效时间存在模糊期,从而导致的无法用准确的格式解析数据包的问题。Based on the above solution, through the first indication information, when the network coding function is activated to generate a network coding packet, the first data packet includes a network coding packet (ie, the second coding block); when the network coding function is deactivated to generate a non-network coding packet , the first data packet does not include the network coding packet (ie, the second coding block), which can improve the problem that the effective time of turning off or turning on the network coding function has an ambiguous period, which causes the problem that the data packet cannot be parsed in an accurate format.
图31为本申请实施例提供的一种数据处理的方法3100的一示意图。如图31所示,该方法包括如下步骤:FIG. 31 is a schematic diagram of a data processing method 3100 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 31, the method includes the following steps:
S3101,终端设备向网络设备发送网络编码能力信息,对应的,网络设备接收来自终端设备的网络编码能力信息。S3101, the terminal device sends the network coding capability information to the network device, and correspondingly, the network device receives the network coding capability information from the terminal device.
可选地,终端设备可以向网络设备发送网络编码能力信息,其中,网络编码能力信息指示终端设备支持网络编码的能力。Optionally, the terminal device may send network coding capability information to the network device, where the network coding capability information indicates the capability of the terminal device to support network coding.
S3102,网络设备向终端设备发送配置信息,对应的,终端设备接收来自网络设备的配置信息。S3102, the network device sends configuration information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the configuration information from the network device.
示例地,网络设备可以向终端设备发送配置信息,配置信息包括至少一组网络编码参数,用于终端设备进行网络编码。For example, the network device may send configuration information to the terminal device, where the configuration information includes at least one set of network coding parameters for the terminal device to perform network coding.
具体地,关于配置信息的描述,可以参考S701中配置信息的描述,为了简洁,本申请在此不再赘述。Specifically, for the description of the configuration information, reference may be made to the description of the configuration information in S701, which is not repeated in this application for brevity.
S3103a,网络设备向终端设备发送第一指示信息,对应的,终端设备接收来自网络设备的第一指示信息。S3103a, the network device sends the first indication information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the first indication information from the network device.
示例地,网络设备可以向终端设备发送第一指示信息,该第一指示信息指示一个网络编码参数,用于对一组待编码块进行编码。For example, the network device may send first indication information to the terminal device, where the first indication information indicates a network coding parameter for coding a group of blocks to be coded.
具体地,关于第一指示信息的描述,可以参考S903a中第一指示信息的描述,为了简洁,本申请在此不再赘述。Specifically, for the description of the first indication information, reference may be made to the description of the first indication information in S903a. For the sake of brevity, this application will not repeat them here.
S3103b,网络设备向终端设备发送第二指示信息,对应的,终端设备接收来自网络设备的第二指示信息。S3103b, the network device sends the second indication information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the second indication information from the network device.
示例地,网络设备可以向终端设备发送第二指示信息,第二指示信息指示配置信息包括的至少一组网络编码参数中的一组网络编码参数,用于对第一通道对应的一组待编码进行编码。For example, the network device may send second indication information to the terminal device, where the second indication information indicates a set of network coding parameters in the at least one set of network coding parameters included in the configuration information, which is used to encode a set of network coding parameters corresponding to the first channel. to encode.
具体地,关于第二指示信息的描述,可以参考S903b中第二指示信息的描述,为了简洁,本申请在此不再赘述。Specifically, for the description of the second indication information, reference may be made to the description of the second indication information in S903b. For the sake of brevity, details are not described herein again in this application.
应理解,在上述方案中,S3103a与S3103b只执行其中之一,当S3103a被执行,则S3103b被跳过;当S3103b为执行,则S3103a被跳过。It should be understood that in the above solution, only one of S3103a and S3103b is executed. When S3103a is executed, S3103b is skipped; when S3103b is executed, S3103a is skipped.
S3104,网络设备向终端设备发送第三指示信息,对应的,终端设备接收来自网络设备的第三指示信息。S3104, the network device sends third indication information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the third indication information from the network device.
示例地,网络设备可以向终端设备发送第三指示信息,第三指示信息激活对第一通道对应的一组待编码块进行编码。For example, the network device may send third indication information to the terminal device, and the third indication information activates the encoding of a group of blocks to be encoded corresponding to the first channel.
具体地,关于第三指示信息的描述,可以参考S2701中第三指示信息的描述,为了简洁,本申请在此不再赘述。Specifically, for the description of the third indication information, reference may be made to the description of the third indication information in S2701, which is not repeated in this application for the sake of brevity.
S3105,网络设备向终端设备发送第四指示信息,对应的,终端设备接收来自网络设备的第四指示信息。S3105, the network device sends fourth indication information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the fourth indication information from the network device.
示例地,网络设备可以向终端设备发送第四指示信息,第四指示信息指示上行授权,以及上行授权是否用于发送第二编码块。For example, the network device may send fourth indication information to the terminal device, where the fourth indication information indicates the uplink grant, and whether the uplink grant is used to send the second coding block.
具体地,关于第四指示信息的描述,可以参考S905中第四指示信息的描述,为了简洁,本申请在此不再赘述。Specifically, for the description of the fourth indication information, reference may be made to the description of the fourth indication information in S905, which is not repeated in this application for the sake of brevity.
S3106,终端设备向网络设备发送激活反馈信息,对应的,网络设备接收来自终端设备的激活反馈信息。S3106, the terminal device sends activation feedback information to the network device, and correspondingly, the network device receives the activation feedback information from the terminal device.
可选地,终端设备可以向网络设备发送激活反馈信息,该激活反馈信息用于通知网络设备该终端设备的第一通道使用网络编码功能。进一步地,终端设备可以将该激活反馈信息通过MAC CE信令的方式发送至网络设备。Optionally, the terminal device may send activation feedback information to the network device, where the activation feedback information is used to notify the network device that the first channel of the terminal device uses the network coding function. Further, the terminal device can send the activation feedback information to the network device by means of MAC CE signaling.
具体地,该激活反馈信息可以包括第一通道的标识信息或第一通道的索引号中的至少一项。其中,第一通道的标识信息可以是逻辑信道的标识信息,也可以是无线承载的标识信息;第一通道的索引号可以为S701中列举的关于第一通道的索引号。Specifically, the activation feedback information may include at least one of the identification information of the first channel or the index number of the first channel. The identification information of the first channel may be the identification information of the logical channel or the identification information of the radio bearer; the index number of the first channel may be the index number of the first channel listed in S701.
举例而言,该激活反馈信息可以携带一组比特,一种比特位置对应一个第一通道,比特取值为1则表示确认激活该第一通道。从而,一个激活反馈信息可以确认多个第一通道的激活,节省信令开销。For example, the activation feedback information may carry a set of bits, one bit position corresponds to a first channel, and a bit value of 1 indicates that the first channel is confirmed to be activated. Therefore, one activation feedback message can confirm the activation of multiple first channels, saving signaling overhead.
S3107,终端设备生成第一数据包。S3107, the terminal device generates a first data packet.
示例地,终端设备可以生成第一数据包,第一数据包包括第五指示信息,第五指示信息指示第一数据包包括第二编码块。For example, the terminal device may generate a first data packet, the first data packet includes fifth indication information, and the fifth indication information indicates that the first data packet includes the second encoding block.
具体地,关于第一数据包与第五指示信息的描述,可以参考S2703中关于第一数据包与第五指示信息的描述,为了简洁,本申请在此不再赘述。Specifically, for the description of the first data packet and the fifth indication information, reference may be made to the description of the first data packet and the fifth indication information in S2703. For brevity, this application will not repeat them here.
S3108,终端设备生成第二数据包。S3108, the terminal device generates a second data packet.
示例地,终端设备可以生成第二数据包。For example, the terminal device may generate the second data packet.
具体地,关于终端设备生成第二数据包的描述,可以参考S2703中关于终端设备生成第二数据包的描述,为了简洁,本申请在此不再赘述。Specifically, for the description of the terminal device generating the second data packet, reference may be made to the description of the terminal device generating the second data packet in S2703. For the sake of brevity, this application will not repeat them here.
S3109,终端设备向网络设备发送第六指示信息,对应的,网络设备接收来自终端设备的第六指示信息。S3109, the terminal device sends sixth indication information to the network device, and correspondingly, the network device receives the sixth indication information from the terminal device.
示例地,终端设备可以向网络设备发送第六指示信息,第六指示信息指示包含第二编码块的子数据包在第二数据包中的位置。For example, the terminal device may send sixth indication information to the network device, where the sixth indication information indicates the position of the sub-data packet containing the second coding block in the second data packet.
具体地,关于第六指示信息的描述,可以参考S1505中关于第六指示信息的描述,为了简洁,本申请在此不再赘述。Specifically, for the description of the sixth indication information, reference may be made to the description of the sixth indication information in S1505, which is not repeated in this application for the sake of brevity.
S3110,终端设备向网络设备发送第二数据包,对应的,网络设备接收来自终端设备的第二数据包。S3110, the terminal device sends the second data packet to the network device, and correspondingly, the network device receives the second data packet from the terminal device.
示例地,终端设备可以向网络设备发送第二数据包。For example, the terminal device may send the second data packet to the network device.
具体地,关于第二数据包的描述,可以参考S1505与S2001中关于第二数据包的描述,为了简洁,本申请在此不再赘述。Specifically, for the description of the second data packet, reference may be made to the description of the second data packet in S1505 and S2001. For brevity, this application will not repeat them here.
基于上述方案,可以获得以下有益效果:Based on the above scheme, the following beneficial effects can be obtained:
(1)终端设备通过接收网络设备发送的配置信息与第一指示信息或第二指示信息,对一组待编码块进行编码,在此过程中,网络设备可以根据信道条件、业务量波动等因素动态调整网络编码参数。其中,网络设备可以先确定一部分网络编码的参数,再通过确定另一部分网络编码的参数,从而可以实时根据业务量波动或信道条件等因素,动态调整网络编码的参数,获得资源开销、网络编码可靠性,以及处理时延之间的平衡;网络设备也可以通过确定多组网络编码参数中的一组网络编码参数用于网络编码,可以通过动态指示网络编码参数,获得资源开销、网络编码可靠性,以及处理时延之间的平衡;(1) The terminal device encodes a group of blocks to be encoded by receiving the configuration information and the first indication information or the second indication information sent by the network device. Dynamically adjust network coding parameters. Among them, the network device can first determine some network coding parameters, and then determine another part of the network coding parameters, so that the network coding parameters can be dynamically adjusted in real time according to factors such as traffic fluctuations or channel conditions, so as to obtain resource overhead and reliable network coding. The network device can also determine a set of network coding parameters among multiple sets of network coding parameters for network coding, and can dynamically indicate the network coding parameters to obtain resource overhead and network coding reliability. , and the balance between processing delays;
(2)通过第三指示信息,在激活网络编码功能生成网编码包时,第一数据包包含第二编码包;在去激活网络编码功能生成非网络编码包时,第一数据包不包含第二编码包,可以改善关闭或开启网络编码功能的生效时间存在模糊期,从而导致的无法用准确的格式解析数据包的问题;(2) Through the third indication information, when activating the network coding function to generate a network coding packet, the first data packet contains the second coding packet; when deactivating the network coding function to generate a non-network coding packet, the first data packet does not contain the first data packet. Two encoding packets can improve the problem that the effective time of closing or opening the network encoding function has an ambiguous period, which leads to the problem that the data packets cannot be parsed in an accurate format;
(3)网络设备可以指示编码块的网络编码参数,通过实时生成网络编码参数,从而避免分成多组编码包,增加编解码的处理时延;(3) The network device can indicate the network coding parameters of the coding block, and generate the network coding parameters in real time, thereby avoiding dividing into multiple groups of coding packets and increasing the processing delay of coding and decoding;
(4)网络设备可以通过第一子数据包与包括第二编码块的子数据包的偏移,确定包括第二编码块的子数据包在第二数据包中的位置,从而,在CRC校验失败的情况下,MAC层能准确提取编码块,向上层递交,使能网络编码功能;(4) The network device can determine the position of the sub-packet including the second encoding block in the second data packet through the offset of the first sub-packet and the sub-packet including the second encoding block, so that in the CRC check If the verification fails, the MAC layer can accurately extract the coding block, submit it to the upper layer, and enable the network coding function;
(5)通过在第二数据包中添加校验包,并与包含第二编码块的子数据包一一对应,可以将CRC校验通过的包含第二编码块的子数据包向上层发送,使得在CRC校验失败的情况下,能够将正确的包含第二编码块的子数据包递交至上层进行解码,将容错和解码功能解耦,有助于获得网络编码的增益,使能上层的网络编码功能正常工作。(5) by adding a check packet in the second data packet, and in a one-to-one correspondence with the sub-data packet containing the second coding block, the sub-data packet containing the second coding block that has passed the CRC check can be sent to the upper layer, So that in the case of CRC check failure, the correct sub-packet containing the second coding block can be delivered to the upper layer for decoding, and the fault tolerance and decoding functions can be decoupled, which helps to obtain the gain of network coding and enables the upper layer. The network coding function works fine.
图32为本申请实施例提供的一种数据处理的方法3200的一示意图。如图32所示,该方法包括如下步骤:FIG. 32 is a schematic diagram of a data processing method 3200 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 32, the method includes the following steps:
S3201,终端设备向网络设备发送网络编码能力信息,对应的,网络设备接收来自终端设备的网络编码能力信息。S3201, the terminal device sends the network coding capability information to the network device, and correspondingly, the network device receives the network coding capability information from the terminal device.
可选地,终端设备可以向网络设备发送网络编码能力信息,其中,网络编码信息指示终端设备支持网络编码的能力。Optionally, the terminal device may send network coding capability information to the network device, where the network coding information indicates the capability of the terminal device to support network coding.
S3202,网络设备向终端设备发送配置信息,对应的,终端设备接收来自网络设备的配置信息。S3202, the network device sends configuration information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the configuration information from the network device.
示例地,网络设备可以向终端设备发送配置信息,配置信息用于终端设备进行网络编码。For example, the network device may send configuration information to the terminal device, where the configuration information is used for the terminal device to perform network coding.
具体地,关于配置信息的描述,可以参考S701中配置信息的描述,为了简洁,本申请在此不再赘述。Specifically, for the description of the configuration information, reference may be made to the description of the configuration information in S701, which is not repeated in this application for brevity.
S3203a,网络设备向终端设备发送第一指示信息,对应的,终端设备接收来自网络设备的第一指示信息。S3203a, the network device sends the first indication information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the first indication information from the network device.
示例地,网络设备可以向终端设备发送第一指示信息,该第一指示信息指示对一组待编码块进行编码。For example, the network device may send first indication information to the terminal device, where the first indication information indicates to encode a group of blocks to be encoded.
具体地,关于第一指示信息的描述,可以参考S903a中第一指示信息的描述,为了简洁,本申请在此不再赘述。Specifically, for the description of the first indication information, reference may be made to the description of the first indication information in S903a. For the sake of brevity, this application will not repeat them here.
S3203b,网络设备向终端设备发送第二指示信息,对应的,终端设备接收来自网络设备的第二指示信息。S3203b, the network device sends the second indication information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the second indication information from the network device.
示例地,网络设备可以向终端设备发送第二指示信息,第二指示信息指示对第一通道对应的一组待编码进行编码。For example, the network device may send second indication information to the terminal device, where the second indication information indicates to encode a group to be encoded corresponding to the first channel.
具体地,关于第二指示信息的描述,可以参考S903b中第二指示信息的描述,为了简洁,本申请在此不再赘述。Specifically, for the description of the second indication information, reference may be made to the description of the second indication information in S903b. For the sake of brevity, details are not described herein again in this application.
应理解,在上述方案中,S3203a与S3203b只执行其中之一,当S3203a被执行,则S3203b被跳过;当S3203b为执行,则S3203a被跳过。It should be understood that in the above solution, only one of S3203a and S3203b is executed. When S3203a is executed, S3203b is skipped; when S3203b is executed, S3203a is skipped.
S3204,终端设备向网络设备发送激活反馈信息,对应的,网络设备接收来自终端设备的激活反馈信息。S3204, the terminal device sends activation feedback information to the network device, and correspondingly, the network device receives the activation feedback information from the terminal device.
可选地,终端设备可以向网络设备发送激活反馈信息,该激活反馈信息用于通知网络设备该终端设备的第一通道使用网络编码功能。进一步地,终端设备可以将该激活反馈信息通过MAC CE信令的方式发送至网络设备。Optionally, the terminal device may send activation feedback information to the network device, where the activation feedback information is used to notify the network device that the first channel of the terminal device uses the network coding function. Further, the terminal device can send the activation feedback information to the network device by means of MAC CE signaling.
具体地,关于激活反馈信息的描述,可以参考S3106中关于激活反馈信息的描述,为了简洁,本申请在此不再赘述。Specifically, for the description of the activation feedback information, reference may be made to the description of the activation feedback information in S3106, which is not repeated in this application for the sake of brevity.
S3205,网络设备生成第一数据包。S3205, the network device generates a first data packet.
示例地,终端设备可以生成第一数据包,第一数据包包括第五指示信息,第五指示信息指示第一数据包包括第二编码块。For example, the terminal device may generate a first data packet, the first data packet includes fifth indication information, and the fifth indication information indicates that the first data packet includes the second encoding block.
具体地,关于第一数据包与第五指示信息的描述,可以参考S2703中关于第一数据包与第五指示信息的描述,为了简洁,本申请在此不再赘述。Specifically, for the description of the first data packet and the fifth indication information, reference may be made to the description of the first data packet and the fifth indication information in S2703. For brevity, this application will not repeat them here.
S3206,网络设备生成第二数据包。S3206, the network device generates a second data packet.
示例地,网络设备可以生成第二数据包。For example, the network device may generate the second data packet.
具体地,关于网络设备生成第二数据包的描述,可以参考S2703中关于网络设备生成第二数据包的描述,为了简洁,本申请在此不再赘述。Specifically, for the description of the generation of the second data packet by the network device, reference may be made to the description of the generation of the second data packet by the network device in S2703. For the sake of brevity, details are not described herein again in this application.
S3207,网络设备向终端设备发送第六指示信息,对应的,终端设备接收来自网络设备的第六指示信息。S3207, the network device sends sixth indication information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the sixth indication information from the network device.
示例地,网络设备可以向终端设备发送第六指示信息,第六指示信息指示包含第二编码块的子数据包在第二数据包中的位置。For example, the network device may send sixth indication information to the terminal device, where the sixth indication information indicates the position of the sub-data packet including the second coding block in the second data packet.
在可能实现的一种方式中,关于第六指示信息的描述,可以参考S1505中关于第六指示信息的描述,为了简洁,本申请在此不再赘述。In a possible implementation manner, for the description of the sixth indication information, reference may be made to the description of the sixth indication information in S1505, which is not repeated in this application for the sake of brevity.
在可能实现的另一种方式中,第六指示信息可以承载于DCI信息中,网络设备可以通过发送DCI信息,将第六指示信息发送至终端设备。In another possible implementation manner, the sixth indication information may be carried in the DCI information, and the network device may send the sixth indication information to the terminal device by sending the DCI information.
S3208,网络设备向终端设备发送第二数据包,对应的,终端设备接收来自网络设备的第二数据包。S3208, the network device sends the second data packet to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the second data packet from the network device.
示例地,网络设备可以向终端设备发送第二数据包。For example, the network device may send the second data packet to the terminal device.
具体地,关于第二数据包的描述,可以参考S1505与S2001中关于第二数据包的描述,为了简洁,本申请在此不再赘述。Specifically, for the description of the second data packet, reference may be made to the description of the second data packet in S1505 and S2001. For brevity, this application will not repeat them here.
基于上述方案,可以获得以下有益效果:Based on the above scheme, the following beneficial effects can be obtained:
(1)网络设备可以向终端设备发送的配置信息与第一指示信息或第二指示信息,在此过程中,网络设备可以根据信道条件、业务量波动等因素动态调整网络编码参数。其中,网络设备可以先确定一部分网络编码的参数,再通过确定另一部分网络编码的参数,从而可以实时根据业务量波动或信道条件等因素,动态调整网络编码的参数,获得资源开销、网络编码可靠性,以及处理时延之间的平衡;网络设备也可以通过确定多组网络编码参数中的一组网络编码参数用于网络编码,可以通过动态指示网络编码参数,获得资源开销、网络编码可靠性,以及处理时延之间的平衡;(1) The configuration information and the first indication information or the second indication information that the network device can send to the terminal device. During this process, the network device can dynamically adjust the network coding parameters according to channel conditions, traffic fluctuations and other factors. Among them, the network device can first determine some network coding parameters, and then determine another part of the network coding parameters, so that the network coding parameters can be dynamically adjusted in real time according to factors such as traffic fluctuations or channel conditions, so as to obtain resource overhead and reliable network coding. The network device can also determine a set of network coding parameters among multiple sets of network coding parameters for network coding, and can dynamically indicate the network coding parameters to obtain resource overhead and network coding reliability. , and the balance between processing delays;
(2)网络设备可以指示编码块的网络编码参数,通过实时生成网络编码参数,从而避免分成多组编码包,增加编解码的处理时延;(2) The network device can indicate the network coding parameters of the coding block, and generate the network coding parameters in real time, thereby avoiding dividing into multiple groups of coding packets and increasing the processing delay of coding and decoding;
(3)终端设备可以通过第一子数据包与包括第二编码块的子数据包的偏移,确定包括第二编码块的子数据包在第二数据包中的位置,从而,在CRC校验失败的情况下,MAC层能准确提取编码块,向上层递交,使能网络编码功能;(3) The terminal device can determine the position of the sub-packet including the second encoding block in the second data packet through the offset of the first sub-packet and the sub-packet including the second encoding block, so that in the CRC check If the verification fails, the MAC layer can accurately extract the coding block, submit it to the upper layer, and enable the network coding function;
(4)通过在第二数据包中添加校验包,并与包含第二编码块的子数据包一一对应,可以将CRC校验通过的包含第二编码块的子数据包向上层发送,使得在CRC校验失败的情况下,能够将正确的包含第二编码块的子数据包递交至上层进行解码,将容错和解码功能解耦,有助于获得网络编码的增益,使能上层的网络编码功能正常工作。(4) by adding a check packet in the second data packet, and in a one-to-one correspondence with the sub-data packet containing the second coding block, the sub-data packet containing the second coding block that has passed the CRC check can be sent to the upper layer, So that in the case of CRC check failure, the correct sub-packet containing the second coding block can be delivered to the upper layer for decoding, and the fault tolerance and decoding functions can be decoupled, which helps to obtain the gain of network coding and enables the upper layer. The network coding function works fine.
本文中描述的各个实施例可以为独立的方案,也可以根据内在逻辑进行组合,这些方案都落入本申请的保护范围中。The various embodiments described herein may be independent solutions, or may be combined according to internal logic, and these solutions all fall within the protection scope of the present application.
可以理解的是,上述各个方法实施例中,由终端设备实现的方法和操作,也可以由可用于终端设备的部件(例如芯片或者电路)实现,由网络设备实现的方法和操作,也可以由可用于网络设备的部件(例如芯片或者电路)实现。It can be understood that, in the above method embodiments, the methods and operations implemented by the terminal device can also be implemented by components (such as chips or circuits) that can be used in the terminal device, and the methods and operations implemented by the network device can also be implemented by A component (eg, chip or circuit) implementation that can be used in a network device.
以上,结合图7至图32详细说明了本申请实施例提供的方法。以下,结合图33至图36详细说明本申请实施例提供的通信装置。应理解,装置实施例的描述与方法实施例的描述相互对应,因此,未详细描述的内容可以参见上文方法实施例,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。In the above, the methods provided by the embodiments of the present application are described in detail with reference to FIG. 7 to FIG. 32 . Hereinafter, the communication apparatus provided by the embodiments of the present application will be described in detail with reference to FIG. 33 to FIG. 36 . It should be understood that the description of the apparatus embodiment corresponds to the description of the method embodiment. Therefore, for the content not described in detail, reference may be made to the above method embodiment, which is not repeated here for brevity.
上述主要从各个网元之间交互的角度对本申请实施例提供的方案进行了介绍。可以理解的是,各个网元,例如发射端设备或者接收端设备,为了实现上述功能,其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。The foregoing mainly introduces the solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application from the perspective of interaction between various network elements. It can be understood that each network element, such as a transmitter device or a receiver device, includes hardware structures and/or software modules corresponding to performing each function in order to implement the above functions. Those skilled in the art should realize that the present application can be implemented in hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software with the units and algorithm steps of each example described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein. Whether a function is performed by hardware or computer software driving hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality using different methods for each particular application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
本申请实施例可以根据上述方法示例对发射端设备或者接收端设备进行功能模块的划分,例如,可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。需要说明的是,本申请实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。下面以采用对应各个功能划分各个功能模块为例进行说明。In this embodiment of the present application, the transmitting-end device or the receiving-end device may be divided into functional modules according to the foregoing method examples. For example, each functional module may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one processing module. middle. The above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware, and can also be implemented in the form of software function modules. It should be noted that, the division of modules in the embodiments of the present application is schematic, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division manners in actual implementation. The following description will be given by taking as an example that each function module is divided corresponding to each function.
图33是本申请实施例提供的通信装置3300的示意性框图。该通信装置3300包括收发单元3310和处理单元3320。收发单元3310可以实现相应的通信功能,处理单元3310用于进行数据处理。收发单元3310还可以称为通信接口或通信单元。FIG. 33 is a schematic block diagram of a communication apparatus 3300 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The communication device 3300 includes a transceiver unit 3310 and a processing unit 3320 . The transceiver unit 3310 can implement corresponding communication functions, and the processing unit 3310 is used for data processing. Transceiver unit 3310 may also be referred to as a communication interface or a communication unit.
可选地,该通信装置3300还可以包括存储单元,该存储单元可以用于存储指令和/或数据,处理单元3320可以读取存储单元中的指令和/或数据,以使得通信装置实现前述方法实施例。Optionally, the communication apparatus 3300 may further include a storage unit, which may be used to store instructions and/or data, and the processing unit 3320 may read the instructions and/or data in the storage unit, so that the communication apparatus implements the foregoing method Example.
该通信装置3300可以用于执行上文方法实施例中终端设备所执行的动作,这时,该通信装置3300可以为终端设备或者可配置于终端设备的部件,收发单元3310用于执行上文方法实施例中终端设备侧的收发相关的操作,处理单元3320用于执行上文方法实施例中终端设备侧的处理相关的操作。The communication apparatus 3300 can be used to perform the actions performed by the terminal device in the above method embodiments. In this case, the communication apparatus 3300 can be a terminal device or a component that can be configured in the terminal device, and the transceiver unit 3310 is used to perform the above method. For operations related to sending and receiving on the side of the terminal device in the embodiment, the processing unit 3320 is configured to perform the operations related to the processing on the side of the terminal device in the above method embodiments.
例如,当通信装置3300用于实现图7中的方法700实施例中终端设备的功能时,收发单元3310用于接收配置信息,该配置信息包括至少一组网络编码的参数;处理单元3320用于对一组待编码块进行编码;该收发单元3310还用于发送第二编码块。For example, when the communication apparatus 3300 is used to implement the function of the terminal device in the embodiment of the method 700 in FIG. 7 , the transceiver unit 3310 is used to receive configuration information, where the configuration information includes at least one set of network coding parameters; the processing unit 3320 is used to receive configuration information. Encode a group of blocks to be encoded; the transceiver unit 3310 is also used for sending the second encoded block.
该通信装置3300用于执行上文图8、图9、图14、图15、图19、图20、图24至图27、图31、图32所示实施例中终端设备所执行的动作。The communication apparatus 3300 is configured to execute the actions performed by the terminal device in the embodiments shown in FIG. 8 , FIG. 9 , FIG. 14 , FIG. 15 , FIG. 19 , FIG. 20 , FIGS.
有关上述收发单元3310和处理单元3320更详细的描述可以直接参考图7中的方法700至图9中的方法900、图14中的方法1400、图15中的方法1500、图19中的方法1900、图20中的方法2000、图24中的方法2400至图27中的方法2700、图31中的方法3100和图32中的方法3200的相关描述直接得到,这里不加赘述。For more detailed description of the above-mentioned transceiver unit 3310 and processing unit 3320, you can directly refer to method 700 in FIG. 7 to method 900 in FIG. 9 , method 1400 in FIG. 14 , method 1500 in FIG. 15 , and method 1900 in FIG. 20, the method 2000 in FIG. 20, the method 2400 in FIG. 24 to the method 2700 in FIG. 27, the method 3100 in FIG. 31 and the method 3200 in FIG.
作为另一种设计,该通信装置3300可以用于执行上文方法实施例中网络设备所执行的动作,这时,该通信装置3300可以为网络设备或者可配置于网络设备的部件,收发单元3310用于执行上文方法实施例中网络设备侧的收发相关的操作,处理单元3320用于执行上文方法实施例中网络设备侧的处理相关的操作。As another design, the communication apparatus 3300 may be used to perform the actions performed by the network equipment in the above method embodiments. In this case, the communication apparatus 3300 may be a network equipment or a component configurable in the network equipment. The transceiver unit 3310 The processing unit 3320 is configured to perform the operations related to the sending and receiving on the network device side in the above method embodiments, and the processing unit 3320 is configured to perform the operations related to the processing on the network device side in the above method embodiments.
例如,当通信装置3300用于实现图7中的方法700实施例中网络设备的功能时,收发单元3310用于发送配置信息,该配置信息包括至少一组网络编码的参数;该收发单元3310还用于接收第二编码块。For example, when the communication apparatus 3300 is used to implement the function of the network device in the embodiment of the method 700 in FIG. 7 , the transceiver unit 3310 is used to send configuration information, where the configuration information includes at least one set of network coded parameters; the transceiver unit 3310 also for receiving the second encoded block.
又例如,通信装置3300用于执行上文图8、图9、图14、图15、图19、图20、图24至图27、图31、图32所示实施例中网络设备所执行的动作。For another example, the communication apparatus 3300 is configured to execute the network devices in the embodiments shown in FIGS. 8 , 9 , 14 , 15 , 19 , 20 , 24 to 27 , 31 and 32 above. action.
有关上述收发单元3310和处理单元3320更详细的描述可以直接参考图7中的方法700至图9中的方法900、图14中的方法1400、图15中的方法1500、图19中的方法1900、图20中的方法2000、图24中的方法2400至图27中的方法2700、图31中的方法3100和图32中的方法3200的相关描述直接得到,这里不加赘述。For more detailed description of the above-mentioned transceiver unit 3310 and processing unit 3320, you can directly refer to method 700 in FIG. 7 to method 900 in FIG. 9 , method 1400 in FIG. 14 , method 1500 in FIG. 15 , and method 1900 in FIG. 20, the method 2000 in FIG. 20, the method 2400 in FIG. 24 to the method 2700 in FIG. 27, the method 3100 in FIG. 31 and the method 3200 in FIG.
上文实施例中的处理单元3320可以由至少一个处理器或处理器相关电路实现。收发单元3310可以由收发器或收发器相关电路实现。收发单元3310还可称为通信单元或通信接口。存储单元可以通过至少一个存储器实现。The processing unit 3320 in the above embodiments may be implemented by at least one processor or processor-related circuits. The transceiver unit 3310 may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit. Transceiver unit 3310 may also be referred to as a communication unit or a communication interface. The storage unit may be implemented by at least one memory.
如图34所示,本申请实施例还提供一种通信装置3400。该通信装置3400包括处理器3410,处理器3410与存储器3420耦合,存储器3420用于存储计算机程序或指令和/或数据,处理器3410用于执行存储器3420存储的计算机程序或指令和/或数据,使得上文方法实施例中的方法被执行。As shown in FIG. 34 , an embodiment of the present application further provides a communication apparatus 3400 . The communication device 3400 includes a processor 3410 coupled with a memory 3420, the memory 3420 is used for storing computer programs or instructions and/or data, the processor 3410 is used for executing the computer programs or instructions and/or data stored in the memory 3420, The methods in the above method embodiments are caused to be executed.
可选地,该通信装置3400包括的处理器3410为一个或多个。Optionally, the communication apparatus 3400 includes one or more processors 3410 .
可选地,如图34所示,该通信装置3400还可以包括存储器3420。Optionally, as shown in FIG. 34 , the communication apparatus 3400 may further include a memory 3420 .
可选地,该通信装置3400包括的存储器3420可以为一个或多个。Optionally, the communication device 3400 may include one or more memories 3420 .
可选地,该存储器3420可以与该处理器3410集成在一起,或者分离设置。Optionally, the memory 3420 may be integrated with the processor 3410, or provided separately.
可选地,如图34所示,该通信装置3400还可以包括收发器3430,收发器3430用于信号的接收和/或发送。例如,处理器3410用于控制收发器3430进行信号的接收和/或发送。Optionally, as shown in FIG. 34 , the communication apparatus 3400 may further include a transceiver 3430, and the transceiver 3430 is used for signal reception and/or transmission. For example, the processor 3410 is used to control the transceiver 3430 to receive and/or transmit signals.
作为一种方案,该通信装置3400用于实现上文方法实施例中由终端设备执行的操作。As a solution, the communication apparatus 3400 is configured to implement the operations performed by the terminal device in the above method embodiments.
例如,处理器3410用于实现上文方法实施例中由终端设备执行的处理相关的操作,收发器3430用于实现上文方法实施例中由终端设备执行的收发相关的操作。For example, the processor 3410 is configured to implement the processing-related operations performed by the terminal device in the above method embodiments, and the transceiver 3430 is configured to implement the transceiving-related operations performed by the terminal device in the above method embodiments.
作为另一种方案,该通信装置3400用于实现上文方法实施例中由网络设备执行的操作。As another solution, the communication apparatus 3400 is configured to implement the operations performed by the network device in the above method embodiments.
例如,处理器3410用于实现上文方法实施例中由网络设备执行的处理相关的操作,收发器3430用于实现上文方法实施例中由网络设备执行的收发相关的操作。For example, the processor 3410 is configured to implement the processing-related operations performed by the network device in the above method embodiments, and the transceiver 3430 is configured to implement the transceiving-related operations performed by the network device in the above method embodiments.
本申请实施例还提供一种通信装置3500,该通信装置3500可以是终端设备也可以是芯片。该通信装置3500可以用于执行上述方法实施例中由终端设备所执行的操作。This embodiment of the present application further provides a communication apparatus 3500, where the communication apparatus 3500 may be a terminal device or a chip. The communication apparatus 3500 may be used to perform the operations performed by the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiments.
当该通信装置3500为终端设备时,图35示出了本申请实施例提供的一种简化的终端设备的结构示意图。如图35所示,终端设备包括处理器、存储器、射频电路、天线以及输入输出装置。处理器主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,以及对终端设备进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据等。存储器主要用于存储软件程序和数据。射频电路主要用于基带信号与射频信号的转换以及对射频信号的处理。天线主要用于收发电磁波形式的射频信号。输入输出装置,例如触摸屏、显示屏,键盘等主要用于接收用户输入的数据以及对用户输出数据。需要说明的是,有些种类的终端设备可以不具有输入输出装置。When the communication apparatus 3500 is a terminal device, FIG. 35 shows a schematic structural diagram of a simplified terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 35, the terminal device includes a processor, a memory, a radio frequency circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device. The processor is mainly used to process communication protocols and communication data, control terminal equipment, execute software programs, and process data of software programs. The memory is mainly used to store software programs and data. The radio frequency circuit is mainly used for the conversion of the baseband signal and the radio frequency signal and the processing of the radio frequency signal. Antennas are mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves. Input and output devices, such as touch screens, display screens, and keyboards, are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users. It should be noted that some types of terminal equipment may not have input and output devices.
当需要发送数据时,处理器对待发送的数据进行基带处理后,输出基带信号至射频电路,射频电路将基带信号进行射频处理后将射频信号通过天线以电磁波的形式向外发送。当有数据发送到终端设备时,射频电路通过天线接收到射频信号,将射频信号转换为基带信号,并将基带信号输出至处理器,处理器将基带信号转换为数据并对该数据进行处理。为便于说明,图35中仅示出了一个存储器和处理器,在实际的终端设备产品中,可以存在一个或多个处理器和一个或多个存储器。存储器也可以称为存储介质或者存储设备等。存储器可以是独立于处理器设置,也可以是与处理器集成在一起,本申请实施例对此不做限制。When data needs to be sent, the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit. The radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal and sends the radio frequency signal through the antenna in the form of electromagnetic waves. When data is sent to the terminal device, the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor, which converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data. For the convenience of description, only one memory and one processor are shown in FIG. 35, and in an actual terminal device product, there may be one or more processors and one or more memories. The memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or a storage device or the like. The memory may be set independently of the processor, or may be integrated with the processor, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
在本申请实施例中,可以将具有收发功能的天线和射频电路视为终端设备的收发单元,将具有处理功能的处理器视为终端设备的处理单元。In the embodiments of the present application, the antenna and the radio frequency circuit with a transceiver function may be regarded as a transceiver unit of the terminal device, and the processor with a processing function may be regarded as a processing unit of the terminal device.
如图35所示,终端设备包括收发单元3510和处理单元3520。收发单元3510也可以称为收发器、收发机、收发装置等。处理单元3520也可以称为处理器,处理单板,处理模块、处理装置等。As shown in FIG. 35 , the terminal device includes a transceiver unit 3510 and a processing unit 3520 . The transceiver unit 3510 may also be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, a transceiver, or the like. The processing unit 3520 may also be referred to as a processor, a processing board, a processing module, a processing device, and the like.
可选地,可以将收发单元3510中用于实现接收功能的器件视为接收单元,将收发单元3510中用于实现发送功能的器件视为发送单元,即收发单元3510包括接收单元和发送单元。收发单元有时也可以称为收发机、收发器、或收发电路等。接收单元有时也可以称为接收机、接收器、或接收电路等。发送单元有时也可以称为发射机、发射器或者发射电路等。Optionally, the device for implementing the receiving function in the transceiver unit 3510 may be regarded as a receiving unit, and the device for implementing the sending function in the transceiver unit 3510 may be regarded as a transmitting unit, that is, the transceiver unit 3510 includes a receiving unit and a transmitting unit. The transceiver unit may also sometimes be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, or a transceiver circuit. The receiving unit may also sometimes be referred to as a receiver, receiver, or receiving circuit, or the like. The transmitting unit may also sometimes be referred to as a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit, or the like.
例如,处理单元3520用于执行图7至图9、图14、图15、图19、图20、图24至图27、图31、图32中终端设备侧的处理动作;收发单元3510用于执行图7至图9、图14、图15、图19、图20、图24至图27、图31、图32中终端设备侧的收发动作。For example, the processing unit 3520 is used to execute the processing actions on the terminal device side in FIGS. 7 to 9 , 14 , 15 , 19 , 20 , 24 to 27 , 31 and 32 ; the transceiver unit 3510 is used to Execute the sending and receiving operations on the terminal device side shown in FIGS.
应理解,图35仅为示例而非限定,上述包括收发单元和处理单元的终端设备可以不依赖于图35所示的结构。It should be understood that FIG. 35 is only an example and not a limitation, and the above-mentioned terminal device including a transceiver unit and a processing unit may not depend on the structure shown in FIG. 35 .
当该通信装置3500为芯片时,该芯片包括收发单元和处理单元。其中,收发单元可以是输入输出电路或通信接口;处理单元可以为该芯片上集成的处理器或者微处理器或者 集成电路。When the communication device 3500 is a chip, the chip includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit. Wherein, the transceiver unit may be an input/output circuit or a communication interface; the processing unit may be a processor or microprocessor or integrated circuit integrated on the chip.
本申请实施例还提供一种通信装置3600,该通信装置3600可以是网络设备也可以是芯片。该通信装置3600可以用于执行上述方法实施例中由网络设备所执行的操作。This embodiment of the present application further provides a communication apparatus 3600, where the communication apparatus 3600 may be a network device or a chip. The communication apparatus 3600 may be used to perform the operations performed by the network device in the foregoing method embodiments.
当该通信装置3600为网络设备时,例如为基站。图36示出了本申请实施例提供的一种简化的基站结构示意图。基站包括3610部分以及3620部分。3610部分主要用于射频信号的收发以及射频信号与基带信号的转换;3620部分主要用于基带处理,对基站进行控制等。3610部分通常可以称为收发单元、收发机、收发电路、或者收发器等。3620部分通常是基站的控制中心,通常可以称为处理单元,用于控制基站执行上述方法实施例中网络设备侧的处理操作。When the communication apparatus 3600 is a network device, it is, for example, a base station. FIG. 36 shows a schematic structural diagram of a simplified base station provided by an embodiment of the present application. The base station includes part 3610 and part 3620. The 3610 part is mainly used for transmitting and receiving radio frequency signals and the conversion of radio frequency signals and baseband signals; the 3620 part is mainly used for baseband processing and controlling the base station. The 3610 part can generally be referred to as a transceiver unit, a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a transceiver. The 3620 part is usually the control center of the base station, which can usually be called a processing unit, and is used to control the base station to perform the processing operations on the network device side in the foregoing method embodiments.
3610部分的收发单元,也可以称为收发机或收发器等,其包括天线和射频电路,其中射频电路主要用于进行射频处理。可选地,可以将3610部分中用于实现接收功能的器件视为接收单元,将用于实现发送功能的器件视为发送单元,即3610部分包括接收单元和发送单元。接收单元也可以称为接收机、接收器、或接收电路等,发送单元可以称为发射机、发射器或者发射电路等。The transceiver unit of the 3610 part, which can also be called a transceiver or a transceiver, etc., includes an antenna and a radio frequency circuit, where the radio frequency circuit is mainly used for radio frequency processing. Optionally, the device used for implementing the receiving function in part 3610 may be regarded as a receiving unit, and the device used for implementing the sending function may be regarded as a sending unit, that is, part 3610 includes a receiving unit and a sending unit. The receiving unit may also be referred to as a receiver, a receiver, or a receiving circuit, and the like, and the transmitting unit may be referred to as a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit, and the like.
3620部分可以包括一个或多个单板,每个单板可以包括一个或多个处理器和一个或多个存储器。处理器用于读取和执行存储器中的程序以实现基带处理功能以及对基站的控制。若存在多个单板,各个单板之间可以互联以增强处理能力。作为一种可选的实施方式,也可以是多个单板共用一个或多个处理器,或者是多个单板共用一个或多个存储器,或者是多个单板同时共用一个或多个处理器。The 3620 portion may include one or more single boards, each of which may include one or more processors and one or more memories. The processor is used to read and execute the program in the memory to realize the baseband processing function and control the base station. If there are multiple boards, each board can be interconnected to enhance the processing capability. As an optional implementation manner, one or more processors may be shared by multiple boards, or one or more memories may be shared by multiple boards, or one or more processors may be shared by multiple boards at the same time. device.
例如,3610部分的收发单元用于执行图7至图9、图14、图15、图19、图20、图24至图27、图31、图32所示实施例中由网络设备执行的收发相关的步骤;3620部分用于执行图8、图14、图19、图24至图27、图32所示实施例中由网络设备执行的处理相关的步骤。For example, the transceiver unit in part 3610 is used to perform the transceiver performed by the network device in the embodiments shown in FIGS. Relevant steps; part 3620 is used to execute the steps related to the processing performed by the network device in the embodiments shown in FIGS. 8 , 14 , 19 , 24 to 27 , and 32 .
应理解,图36仅为示例而非限定,上述包括收发单元和处理单元的网络设备可以不依赖于图36所示的结构。It should be understood that FIG. 36 is only an example and not a limitation, and the above-mentioned network device including a transceiver unit and a processing unit may not depend on the structure shown in FIG. 36 .
当该通信装置3600为芯片时,该芯片包括收发单元和处理单元。其中,收发单元可以是输入输出电路、通信接口;处理单元为该芯片上集成的处理器或者微处理器或者集成电路。When the communication device 3600 is a chip, the chip includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit. The transceiver unit may be an input/output circuit or a communication interface; the processing unit may be a processor, a microprocessor or an integrated circuit integrated on the chip.
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有用于实现上述方法实施例中由终端设备执行的方法,或由网络设备执行的方法的计算机指令。Embodiments of the present application further provide a computer-readable storage medium, on which computer instructions for implementing the method executed by the terminal device or the method executed by the network device in the foregoing method embodiments are stored.
例如,该计算机程序被计算机执行时,使得该计算机可以实现上述方法实施例中由终端设备执行的方法,或由网络设备执行的方法。For example, when the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer can implement the method executed by the terminal device or the method executed by the network device in the above method embodiments.
本申请实施例还提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,该指令被计算机执行时使得该计算机实现上述方法实施例中由终端设备执行的方法,或由网络设备执行的方法。Embodiments of the present application further provide a computer program product including instructions, which, when executed by a computer, cause the computer to implement the method executed by the terminal device or the method executed by the network device in the above method embodiments.
本申请实施例还提供一种通信系统,该通信系统包括上文实施例中的网络设备与终端设备。An embodiment of the present application further provides a communication system, where the communication system includes the network device and the terminal device in the above embodiments.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述方便和简洁,上述提供的任一种通信装置中相关内容的解释及有益效果均可参考上文提供的对应的方法实施例,此处不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that, for the convenience and brevity of description, the explanation and beneficial effects of the relevant content in any of the communication devices provided above may refer to the corresponding method embodiments provided above, which are not repeated here. Repeat.
在本申请实施例中,终端设备或网络设备可以包括硬件层、运行在硬件层之上的操作 系统层,以及运行在操作系统层上的应用层。其中,硬件层可以包括中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU)、内存管理单元(memory management unit,MMU)和内存(也称为主存)等硬件。操作系统层的操作系统可以是任意一种或多种通过进程(process)实现业务处理的计算机操作系统,例如,Linux操作系统、Unix操作系统、Android操作系统、iOS操作系统或windows操作系统等。应用层可以包含浏览器、通讯录、文字处理软件、即时通信软件等应用。In this embodiment of the present application, the terminal device or the network device may include a hardware layer, an operating system layer running on the hardware layer, and an application layer running on the operating system layer. The hardware layer may include hardware such as a central processing unit (CPU), a memory management unit (MMU), and memory (also called main memory). The operating system of the operating system layer may be any one or more computer operating systems that implement business processing through processes, such as a Linux operating system, a Unix operating system, an Android operating system, an iOS operating system, or a Windows operating system. The application layer may include applications such as browsers, address books, word processing software, and instant messaging software.
本申请实施例并未对本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体的具体结构进行特别限定,只要能够通过运行记录有本申请实施例提供的方法的代码的程序,以根据本申请实施例提供的方法进行通信即可。例如,本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体可以是终端设备或网络设备,或者,是终端设备或网络设备中能够调用程序并执行程序的功能模块。The embodiments of the present application do not specifically limit the specific structure of the execution body of the methods provided by the embodiments of the present application, as long as the program in which the codes of the methods provided by the embodiments of the present application are recorded can be executed to execute the methods according to the embodiments of the present application. Just communicate. For example, the execution body of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application may be a terminal device or a network device, or a functional module in the terminal device or network device that can call a program and execute the program.
本申请的各个方面或特征可以实现成方法、装置或使用标准编程和/或工程技术的制品。本文中使用的术语“制品”可以涵盖可从任何计算机可读器件、载体或介质访问的计算机程序。Various aspects or features of the present application may be implemented as methods, apparatus, or articles of manufacture using standard programming and/or engineering techniques. The term "article of manufacture" as used herein may encompass a computer program accessible from any computer-readable device, carrier or media.
其中,计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。可用介质(或者说计算机可读介质)例如可以包括但不限于:磁性介质或磁存储器件(例如,软盘、硬盘(如移动硬盘)、磁带)、光介质(例如,光盘、压缩盘(compact disc,CD)、数字通用盘(digital versatile disc,DVD)等)、智能卡和闪存器件(例如,可擦写可编程只读存储器(erasable programmable read-only memory,EPROM)、卡、棒或钥匙驱动器等)、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘(solid state disk,SSD)等、U盘、只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer, or a data storage device such as a server, data center, etc., which includes one or more available mediums integrated. Useful media (or computer-readable media) may include, but are not limited to, magnetic media or magnetic storage devices (eg, floppy disks, hard disks (eg, removable hard disks), magnetic tapes), optical media (eg, optical disks, compact discs) , CD), digital versatile disc (digital versatile disc, DVD), etc.), smart cards and flash memory devices (for example, erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), card, stick or key drive, etc. ), or semiconductor media (such as solid state disk (SSD), etc., U disk, read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (RAM), etc. that can store programs medium of code.
本文描述的各种存储介质可代表用于存储信息的一个或多个设备和/或其它机器可读介质。术语“机器可读介质”可以包括但不限于:无线信道和能够存储、包含和/或承载指令和/或数据的各种其它介质。Various storage media described herein may represent one or more devices and/or other machine-readable media for storing information. The term "machine-readable medium" may include, but is not limited to, wireless channels and various other media capable of storing, containing, and/or carrying instructions and/or data.
应理解,本申请实施例中提及的处理器可以是中央处理单元(central processing unit,CPU),还可以是其他通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。It should be understood that the processor mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may be a central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), and may also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (digital signal processors, DSP), application-specific integrated circuits ( application specific integrated circuit, ASIC), off-the-shelf programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc. A general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may be any conventional processor or the like.
还应理解,本申请实施例中提及的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)。例如,RAM可以用作外部高速缓存。作为示例而非限定,RAM可以包括如下多种形式:静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM,DR RAM)。It should also be understood that the memory mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may be volatile memory or non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory. The non-volatile memory may be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), electrically programmable Erase programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. Volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM). For example, RAM can be used as an external cache. By way of example and not limitation, RAM may include the following forms: static random access memory (SRAM), dynamic random access memory (DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (SDRAM) , double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous link dynamic random access memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) and Direct memory bus random access memory (direct rambus RAM, DR RAM).
需要说明的是,当处理器为通用处理器、DSP、ASIC、FPGA或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件时,存储器(存储模块)可以集成在处理器中。It should be noted that when the processor is a general-purpose processor, DSP, ASIC, FPGA or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, or discrete hardware components, the memory (storage module) can be integrated in the processor.
还需要说明的是,本文描述的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。It should also be noted that the memory described herein is intended to include, but not be limited to, these and any other suitable types of memory.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅是示意性的,例如,上述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。此外,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed apparatus and method may be implemented in other manners. For example, the apparatus embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the above-mentioned units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components may be combined or may be Integration into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented. In addition, the shown or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, which may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
上述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元实现本申请提供的方案。The units described above as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to implement the solution provided in this application.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one unit, or each unit may exist physically alone, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。In the above-mentioned embodiments, it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof.
当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。该计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。例如,计算机可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等。计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。关于计算机可读存储介质,可以参考上文描述。When implemented in software, it can be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, all or part of the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated. The computer may be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device. For example, the computer may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device or the like. Computer instructions may be stored on or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website site, computer, server, or data center over a wire (e.g. coaxial cable, fiber optic, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (eg, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) to another website site, computer, server, or data center. Regarding the computer-readable storage medium, reference may be made to the above description.
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到的变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以权利要求和说明书的保护范围为准。The above are only specific embodiments of the present application, but the protection scope of the present application is not limited to this. Any person skilled in the art can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in the present application, All should be covered within the scope of protection of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of the present application shall be subject to the protection scope of the claims and the description.

Claims (30)

  1. 一种数据处理的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for data processing, comprising:
    接收配置信息,所述配置信息包括第一网络编码参数,所述第一网络编码参数包括至少一组网络编码参数;receiving configuration information, where the configuration information includes a first network coding parameter, and the first network coding parameter includes at least one set of network coding parameters;
    根据所述第一网络编码参数,对一组待编码块进行编码,获得第一编码块,所述一组待编码块包括N个待编码块,所述第一编码块包括M个编码块,N、M为正整数;According to the first network coding parameter, a group of blocks to be encoded is encoded to obtain a first encoded block, the group of blocks to be encoded includes N blocks to be encoded, and the first encoded block includes M encoded blocks, N and M are positive integers;
    发送第二编码块,所述第二编码块包括所述第一编码块的至少一个编码块。A second encoding block is sent, the second encoding block including at least one encoding block of the first encoding block.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一网络编码参数中的任一组网络编码参数包括以下至少一种参数:The method according to claim 1, wherein any group of network coding parameters in the first network coding parameters comprises at least one of the following parameters:
    N、所述第一编码块中的每一个编码块的比特大小,以及N与M的比值。N, the bit size of each of the first coding blocks, and the ratio of N to M.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述配置信息还包括第一通道的信息,对所述第一通道对应的所述一组待编码块进行编码。The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the configuration information further includes information of a first channel, and the group of blocks to be encoded corresponding to the first channel is encoded.
  4. 根据权利要求1至3中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,当所述配置信息包括一组网络编码参数,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein when the configuration information includes a set of network coding parameters, the method further comprises:
    接收第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息指示第二网络编码参数,所述第二网络编码参数用于对所述一组待编码块进行编码,所述第二网络编码参数包括以下至少一种参数:Receive first indication information, where the first indication information indicates a second network coding parameter, the second network coding parameter is used to encode the set of blocks to be coded, and the second network coding parameter includes at least one of the following kinds of parameters:
    N、所述第一编码块中的每一个编码块的比特大小,以及N与M的比值。N, the bit size of each of the first coding blocks, and the ratio of N to M.
  5. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the method further comprises:
    接收第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息指示对第一通道对应的所述一组待编码块进行编码。Receive first indication information, where the first indication information indicates to encode the group of blocks to be encoded corresponding to the first channel.
  6. 根据权利要求1至3中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,当所述配置信息包括至少两组网络编码参数,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein when the configuration information includes at least two sets of network coding parameters, the method further comprises:
    接收第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息指示第二网络编码参数,所述第二网络编码参数是所述第一网络编码参数的一组网络编码参数,所述第二网络编码参数用于对所述一组待编码块进行编码。Receive second indication information, where the second indication information indicates a second network coding parameter, the second network coding parameter is a set of network coding parameters of the first network coding parameter, and the second network coding parameter is used for The set of blocks to be encoded is encoded.
  7. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the method further comprises:
    接收第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息指示对第一通道对应的所述一组待编码进行编码。Second indication information is received, where the second indication information indicates to encode the group to be encoded corresponding to the first channel.
  8. 根据权利要求3至7中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 3 to 7, wherein the method further comprises:
    接收第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息激活对所述第一通道对应的所述一组待编码块进行编码。Third indication information is received, where the third indication information activates the encoding of the group of blocks to be encoded corresponding to the first channel.
  9. 根据权利要求1至8中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the method further comprises:
    接收第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息指示上行授权,以及所述上行授权是否用于发送所述第二编码块。Fourth indication information is received, where the fourth indication information indicates an uplink grant and whether the uplink grant is used to send the second coding block.
  10. 根据权利要求1至9中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述发送第二编码块,具体包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein the sending the second coding block specifically comprises:
    生成第一数据包,所述第一数据包包括第五指示信息,所述第五指示信息指示所述第 一数据包包括所述第二编码块;generating a first data packet, the first data packet includes fifth indication information, and the fifth indication information indicates that the first data packet includes the second encoding block;
    对所述第一数据包处理,生成第二数据包;processing the first data packet to generate a second data packet;
    发送所述第二数据包。The second data packet is sent.
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二数据包包括至少一个子数据包,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 10, wherein the second data packet includes at least one sub-data packet, and the method further comprises:
    发送第六指示信息,所述第六指示信息指示包含所述第二编码块的子数据包在所述第二数据包中的位置。Sixth indication information is sent, where the sixth indication information indicates the position of the sub-packet including the second coding block in the second data packet.
  12. 根据权利要求10或11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二数据包包括校验码,所述校验码是在媒体接入控制MAC层根据所述包含所述第二编码块的子数据包生成的,所述校验码与所述包含所述第二编码块的子数据包一一对应,所述校验码用于确定所述包括所述第二编码块的子数据包是否正确接收。The method according to claim 10 or 11, wherein the second data packet includes a check code, and the check code is obtained at a medium access control (MAC) layer according to the data containing the second coding block. generated from a sub-data package, the check code is in one-to-one correspondence with the sub-data package including the second encoding block, and the check code is used to determine the sub-data package including the second encoding block received correctly.
  13. 一种数据处理的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for data processing, comprising:
    发送配置信息,所述配置信息包括第一网络编码参数,所述第一网络编码参数包括至少一组网络编码参数;sending configuration information, where the configuration information includes a first network coding parameter, and the first network coding parameter includes at least one set of network coding parameters;
    接收第二编码块,所述第二编码块包括第一编码块的至少一个编码块,所述第一编码块是根据所述第一网络编码参数,对一组待编码块进行编码确定的,其中,所述一组待编码块包括N个待编码块,所述第一编码块包括M个编码块,N、M为正整数。receiving a second encoding block, where the second encoding block includes at least one encoding block of the first encoding block, and the first encoding block is determined by encoding a group of to-be-encoded blocks according to the first network coding parameter, The set of blocks to be encoded includes N blocks to be encoded, the first encoded block includes M encoded blocks, and N and M are positive integers.
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一网络编码参数中的任一组网络编码参数包括以下至少一种参数:The method according to claim 13, wherein any set of network coding parameters in the first network coding parameters comprises at least one of the following parameters:
    N、所述第一编码块中的每一个编码块的比特大小,以及N与M的比值。N, the bit size of each of the first coding blocks, and the ratio of N to M.
  15. 根据权利要求13或14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述配置信息还包括第一通道的信息,所述第一通道包括至少一个通道。The method according to claim 13 or 14, wherein the configuration information further includes information of a first channel, and the first channel includes at least one channel.
  16. 根据权利要求13至15中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,当所述配置信息包括一组网络编码参数,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 13 to 15, wherein when the configuration information includes a set of network coding parameters, the method further comprises:
    发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息指示第二网络编码参数,所述第二网络编码参数用于对所述一组待编码块进行编码,所述第二网络编码参数包括以下至少一种参数:Send first indication information, where the first indication information indicates a second network coding parameter, the second network coding parameter is used to encode the set of blocks to be coded, and the second network coding parameter includes at least one of the following kinds of parameters:
    N、所述第一编码块中的每一个编码块的比特大小,以及N与M的比值。N, the bit size of each of the first coding blocks, and the ratio of N to M.
  17. 根据权利要求13或14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 13 or 14, wherein the method further comprises:
    发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息指示对第一通道对应的所述一组待编码块进行编码。Send first indication information, where the first indication information indicates to encode the group of blocks to be encoded corresponding to the first channel.
  18. 根据权利要求13至15中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 13 to 15, wherein the method further comprises:
    发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息指示第二网络编码参数,所述第二网络编码参数是所述第一网络编码参数的一组网络编码参数,所述第二网络编码参数用于对所述一组待编码块进行编码。Sending second indication information, where the second indication information indicates a second network coding parameter, the second network coding parameter is a set of network coding parameters of the first network coding parameter, and the second network coding parameter is used for The set of blocks to be encoded is encoded.
  19. 根据权利要求13或14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 13 or 14, wherein the method further comprises:
    发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息指示对第一通道对应的所述一组待编码块进行编码。Send second indication information, where the second indication information indicates to encode the group of blocks to be encoded corresponding to the first channel.
  20. 根据权利要求15至19中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 15 to 19, wherein the method further comprises:
    发送第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息激活对所述第一通道对应的所述一组待编码块 进行编码。Sending third indication information, the third indication information activates the encoding of the group of blocks to be encoded corresponding to the first channel.
  21. 根据权利要求13至20中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 13 to 20, wherein the method further comprises:
    发送第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息指示上行授权,以及所述上行授权是否用于发送所述第二编码块。Send fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information indicates an uplink grant and whether the uplink grant is used to send the second coding block.
  22. 根据权利要求13至21中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接收第二编码块,具体包括:The method according to any one of claims 13 to 21, wherein the receiving the second coding block specifically comprises:
    接收第二数据包,所述第二数据包由所述第一数据包处理获得,所述第一数据包由所述第二编码块生成,所述第一数据包包括第五指示信息,所述第五指示信息指示所述第一数据包包括所述第二编码块。Receive a second data packet, the second data packet is obtained by processing the first data packet, the first data packet is generated by the second encoding block, the first data packet includes fifth indication information, so The fifth indication information indicates that the first data packet includes the second coding block.
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 22, wherein the method further comprises:
    接收第六指示信息,所述第六指示信息指示包含所述第二编码块的子数据包在所述第二数据包中的位置;receiving sixth indication information, where the sixth indication information indicates the position of the sub-packet including the second coding block in the second data packet;
    根据所述第六指示信息,确定所述包含所述第二编码块的子数据包在所述第二数据包中的位置。According to the sixth indication information, the position of the sub-data package including the second coding block in the second data package is determined.
  24. 根据权利要求22或23所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二数据包包括校验码,所述校验码是在MAC层根据所述包括所述第二编码块的子数据包生成的,所述校验码与所述包括所述第二编码块的子数据包一一对应,所述校验码用于确定所述包括所述第二编码块的子数据包是否正确接收。The method according to claim 22 or 23, wherein the second data packet includes a check code, and the check code is generated at the MAC layer according to the sub-data packet including the second coding block The check code is in one-to-one correspondence with the sub-data packets including the second encoding block, and the check code is used to determine whether the sub-data packets including the second encoding block are correctly received.
  25. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括用于执行如权利要求1至12,或,13至24中任一项所述方法的模块。A communication device, characterized by comprising a module for performing the method according to any one of claims 1 to 12, or 13 to 24.
  26. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括处理器和存储器,所述处理器和所述存储器耦合,所述处理器用于控制所述装置实现如权利要求1至12,或,13至24中任一项所述的方法。A communication device, characterized in that it comprises a processor and a memory, the processor and the memory are coupled, and the processor is configured to control the device to implement any one of claims 1 to 12, or 13 to 24 method described in item.
  27. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括处理器和接口电路,所述接口电路用于接收来自所述通信装置之外的其它通信装置的信号并传输至所述处理器或将来自所述处理器的信号发送给所述通信装置之外的其它通信装置,所述处理器通过逻辑电路或执行代码指令用于实现如权利要求1至12,或,13至24中任一项所述的方法。A communication device, characterized by comprising a processor and an interface circuit, the interface circuit being configured to receive signals from other communication devices other than the communication device and transmit to the processor or transfer signals from the processor The signal is sent to other communication devices other than the communication device, and the processor is used to implement the method according to any one of claims 1 to 12, or 13 to 24 by means of a logic circuit or executing code instructions.
  28. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述存储介质中存储有计算机程序或指令,当所述计算机程序或指令被通信装置执行时,实现如权利要求1至12,或,13至24中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that, a computer program or instruction is stored in the storage medium, and when the computer program or instruction is executed by a communication device, the implementation of claims 1 to 12, or 13 to 24 The method of any of the above.
  29. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,所述计算机程序产品包括指令,当所述指令被计算机运行时,实现如权利要求1至12,或,13至24中任一项所述的方法。A computer program product, characterized in that the computer program product includes instructions, which, when executed by a computer, implement the method according to any one of claims 1 to 12, or 13 to 24.
  30. 一种芯片,其特征在于,所述芯片包括处理器与数据接口,所述处理器通过所述数据接口读取存储器上存储的指令,以执行如权利要求1至12,或,13至24中任一项所述的方法。A chip, characterized in that the chip includes a processor and a data interface, and the processor reads instructions stored in a memory through the data interface, so as to execute the instructions in claims 1 to 12, or 13 to 24 The method of any one.
PCT/CN2022/084388 2021-04-21 2022-03-31 Data processing method and apparatus WO2022222726A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202110432635.9A CN115225200A (en) 2021-04-21 2021-04-21 Data processing method and device
CN202110432635.9 2021-04-21

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022222726A1 true WO2022222726A1 (en) 2022-10-27

Family

ID=83606711

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/084388 WO2022222726A1 (en) 2021-04-21 2022-03-31 Data processing method and apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN115225200A (en)
WO (1) WO2022222726A1 (en)

Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP1622331A1 (en) * 2004-07-30 2006-02-01 M-Stack Limited Apparatus and method for applying ciphering in universal mobile telecommunications system
CN106850152A (en) * 2017-01-21 2017-06-13 陕西尚品信息科技有限公司 A kind of transmission coating control method based on network code
WO2017194012A1 (en) * 2016-05-13 2017-11-16 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Polar code processing method and apparatus, and node
CN109217990A (en) * 2017-06-30 2019-01-15 华为技术有限公司 A kind of data transmission method and device
CN111630570A (en) * 2019-05-31 2020-09-04 深圳市大疆创新科技有限公司 Image processing method, apparatus and computer-readable storage medium
WO2020259222A1 (en) * 2019-06-28 2020-12-30 华为技术有限公司 Polar code retransmission method and device
CN113114410A (en) * 2020-01-10 2021-07-13 维沃移动通信有限公司 Data processing method, configuration method and communication equipment

Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP1622331A1 (en) * 2004-07-30 2006-02-01 M-Stack Limited Apparatus and method for applying ciphering in universal mobile telecommunications system
WO2017194012A1 (en) * 2016-05-13 2017-11-16 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Polar code processing method and apparatus, and node
CN106850152A (en) * 2017-01-21 2017-06-13 陕西尚品信息科技有限公司 A kind of transmission coating control method based on network code
CN109217990A (en) * 2017-06-30 2019-01-15 华为技术有限公司 A kind of data transmission method and device
CN111630570A (en) * 2019-05-31 2020-09-04 深圳市大疆创新科技有限公司 Image processing method, apparatus and computer-readable storage medium
WO2020259222A1 (en) * 2019-06-28 2020-12-30 华为技术有限公司 Polar code retransmission method and device
CN113114410A (en) * 2020-01-10 2021-07-13 维沃移动通信有限公司 Data processing method, configuration method and communication equipment

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN115225200A (en) 2022-10-21

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP3474595A1 (en) Data processing method, device, and system
WO2019157947A1 (en) Method for sending data and communication device
US11700543B2 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting data and communication system
CN111316688B (en) Apparatus and method for transmitting and receiving packet data information in wireless communication system
CN113348642A (en) User equipment and system for performing transmission and reception operations
CN111565411A (en) Time delay measuring method, network equipment and terminal equipment
CN111836366B (en) Uplink transmission method and communication device
KR20190132459A (en) Data display method, device and communication system
US20220368494A1 (en) Uplink re-transmission with compact memory usage
CN114009127A (en) User equipment and scheduling equipment
RU2743676C1 (en) Resource dispatching method, terminal device and network device
WO2021109143A1 (en) Uplink data transmission control method and apparatus
WO2021081898A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2022137659A1 (en) Terminal and communication method
WO2021159979A1 (en) Feedback method and apparatus for hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledgement codebook
WO2020221011A1 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus
WO2022222726A1 (en) Data processing method and apparatus
EP3863326A1 (en) Data communication method and related device
JP7472276B2 (en) Buffer status report method and communication device
WO2022133918A1 (en) Decoding failure processing method, apparatus and system
WO2023273973A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2022257949A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2022030069A1 (en) Terminal, base station, and communication method
WO2024140600A1 (en) Communication method, communication apparatus, and communication system
WO2023174044A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22790835

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 22790835

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1